.; "  f 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arcliive 

in  2008  witli  funding  from 

l\/licrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/californiatextboOOurGuricli 


THE 


CALIFORIIA  TEXT-BOOK; 


COXTAEOKQ 


A    GRAMMAR 


SPA]SriSH  LAITGUAGE  m  ENGUSH; 


ENGLISH  IN   SPANISH; 

CONTEESATIONAL    DIALOGUES    IN  BOTH   LANGUAGES, 
AND  A  FULL  DESCKIPTION  OF  CALIFORNIA. 


COMPILED   CHIEFLT    FROM  THE    GBAlfMAB  OF 

DON  JOSE   DE   URCULLU, 

AND    THE    UNITED    STATES    SURVEYS. 


SAN  FRANCISCO: 

MARVIN  &   HITCHCOCK. 

1852. 


Entered  according  to  Act  of  Consrre'ss,  in  the  year  1S52,  by 

A.   ARMSTEONG, 

[n  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  tho 

Southern  District  of  New  York. 


C.     W.     BENEDICT, 
8TKRE0TTPEU    AND    PEINTKB, 

201  WiUiam  Street,  N.  Y 


I^^r 


/^A^ 


PREFACE. 


The  necessity  of  a  book  of  this  kind,  adapted 
to  the  wants  of  the  emigrants  to  California  and 
New  Mexico,  has  long  been  felt,  and  the  following 
pages  were  prepared  to  give  in  as  concise  and 
brief  a  manner  as  possible  an  idea  of  the  outlines 
of  that  knowledge  to  be  subsequently  filled  up  by 
the  reader's  own  observation.  Of  course  no  one 
will  expect  to  find  in  so  small  a  volume  as  this, 
a  history  and  geography  of  California,  with 
grammars  of  the  two  languages  most  in  vogue 
there,  and   dialogues  of  the  phrases  most  likely 


VI  PREFACE. 

to  be  called  for  in  intercourse  between  the  native 
and  immigrant  population.  If  this  book  simply 
prepares  the  way  for  others  which  are  more  com- 
plete, if  it  gives  any  clue  to  intercourse  with  those 
whose  separate  languages  are  mutually  unknown, 
the  compiler  will  have  been  satisfied.  He  has 
attempted  to  do  his  duty  faithfully  and  submits 
his  labor  to  the  public. 


CONTENTS. 


SPANISH  GRAMMAR. 

Page. 

Article,             -            -            -            -  14 

Pronoun,           _            -            -            -  20 

Verbs,                 «             -             -             -  33 

Irregular  Verbs,         -            -            -  104 

Adverbs,             _             -             -             -  138 

Prepositions,    -             -             -             -  144 

GRAMATICA  INGLESA. 

NOMBRES,                _                  _                  -                  -  149 

Del  Gtenitivo,    -            -            -            -  156 

Los  Adjectives,  etc.    -            -            -  167 


VIU  CONTENTS. 

Los  NoMBRES  Ordinales,  -  -  158 

Verbos,  _  -  .  _         170 

Adverbios,   Preposiciones,  Cojunciones  e 

Interjeciones.  _  -  _  188 

A   Vocabulary   of  the   Adverbs,   Adjec- 
tives,   Verbs,    and    Nouns,    most    fre- 
quently USED.  -  -  -  192 
Nombres,             -             -             -             -         204 
Familiar  Dialouges,    -             -             -         213 
Geography,  History,  and  present  condi- 
tion. -             -             -             -             -         230 
Government  Officers,              -             -         254 
Supreme  Court,             _             -             -         255 
District  Court,               «             «             -         255 
District  Attorneys,     -             -             -         256 
Superior  Court  of  Sacramento  City,  -         256 
Militia,               -             -             -             -         256 


spa:n'ish  geammak. 


Grammar  is  the  art  of  speaking  correctly. 

Spanish  Grammar  is  the  art  of  speaking  Spanish 
correctly. 

Like  other  languages,  Spanish  has  its  regular 
Parts  of  Speech  defined  by  the  great  principles 
which  regulate  all  means  of  human  inter-commu- 
nication. 

These  Parts  of  Speech  are  as  follows  : 

Article,  Noun,  Pronoun,  Adjective,  Verb, 
Adverb,  Preposition,  Conjunction,  and  Inter- 
jection. 

The  first  of  these,  the  Article,  is  a  word  joined 
to  the  Noun  or  Adjective,  to  define  the  thing  or 
person  spoken  of,  viz.  :  El  homhre^  the  man  ;  La 
mujer^  the  woman ;  La  casa,  the  house ;  La  pdz, 
the  peace ;  El  honor,  the  honor ;  Lo  buenoy  the 
good  ;    Una,  donna^  a  lady  ;    Un  rey,  a  king. 


10  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Articles  are  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter, 
singular  or  plural. 

The  Articles  of  the  Spanish  language  are  two, 
of  which  one  is  called  definite,  viz.  :  el  or  the^  and 
its  variations  masculine,  feminine,  and  plural, 
equivalent  in  English  to  the^  a,  or  an^  and  their 
variations 

The  cases  of  Adjectives,  like  those  of  Nouns, 
are  defined  by  Prepositions,  which  express  the 
cases,  or  variations  from  the  Nominative,  viz.  : 
Genitive,  Dative,  Accusative,  Vocative,  and 
Ablative. 

These  Prepositions  can  best  be  understood  by 
a  paradigm  of  the  declensions  of  the  Definite 
Articles,  as  follows,  viz.  : 

Singular. 


MASCULINE. 

FEMININE. 

KBTTTBB. 

Nom.  el, 

la, 

lo. 

Gen.    de  el,  or,  del, 

de  la. 

dele. 

Dat.    a  el,  or,  al, 

a  la. 

a  lo. 

Ace.    el,  or,  al, 

la,  or,  a 

la,         lo,  or,  a  lo. 

Voc.    el. 

la, 

lo. 

Abl.    con, pro,  etc,  el, 

la, 
Plural 

lo. 

MASCtTLINI. 

FEMININE. 

Nom.  los. 

las. 

Gen.    de  los. 

las. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  H 


Dat. 

a  losj 

las. 

Ace. 

los,  or,  a  los, 

las,  or,  a  las. 

Voc. 

los. 

las. 

Abl. 

con,  por,  etc.  los, 

los,  and  las. 

It  will  here  be  observed,  that  the  neuter  has  no 
plural,  and  that  the  Article  has,  in  the  singular, 
three  genders. 

In  a  compend  like  this,  it  is  useless  to  say  it  is 
impossible  to  give  full  rules  for  the  use  of  the 
Article.  As  a  general  direction,  however,  we  will 
say,  that  the  Article  is  prefixed  to  all  Nouns  ex- 
pressing quality  or  class,  viz.  :  Son  muy  desirables, 
LA  gloria  y  LA  celehridad.  Glory  and  celebrity 
are  very  desirable. 

There  is  also  another  Article  corresponding  with 
the  English  a  or  an,  and  which  is  also  declinable 
in  all  the  cases  and  genders,  and  both  numbers,  as 


follows. 

viz. 

: 

Singular, 

MASCTTLINB. 

FEMEflNE. 

NEUTKJJ. 

Nom. 

un, 

una. 

un. 

Gen. 

de  un, 

una, 

un. 

Dat, 

a  un. 

a  una, 

a  un. 

Ace. 

un, 

una, 

un. 

Voc. 

un, 

una. 

un. 

Abl. 

con, 

por  un, 

una, 

un 

12  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Plural. 


MASCtTLIN-E. 

nanKHTB. 

Norn 

unos, 

Unas, 

Gen. 

de  unos, 

de  Unas, 

Dat. 

a  unos, 

a  Unas. 

Ace. 

unos, 

and, 

a  unos, 

Unas. 

Yoc. 

unos. 

Unas, 

Abl. 

con 

etc.  unos, 

Unas, 

One  of  tbe  best  examples  of  the  use  of  the 
Article  is  the  followiDg : 

Un  dragone  con  una  spada  ataco  el  Conde — A 
dragon  with  a  sword  attacked  the  Count. 

In  this  phrase  the  dragon  and  the  sword  have 
no  definiteness,  and,  therefore,  have  the  prefix  un 
and  una,  while  the  Count,  who  is  a  particular  per- 
son, calls  for  the  definite  article  el  or  the. 

The  next  part  of  speech  in  the  order  in  which 
grammarians  usually  treat  them,  is  the  Noun, 
which  is  really  the  name  of  a  person  or  thing. 

With  the  exception  of  a  few  peculiar  words,  the 
plural  of  all  Spanish  nouns  is  formed  by  the  ad- 
dition of  s,  as — 

hombre,      man,  homhreSj  men. 

perro,         dog,  perros.,     dogs. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  13 


casa^ 

house, 

casas, 

houses. 

silla, 

chair, 

silla  s^ 

chairs. 

nochej 

night. 

nocheSj 

nights. 

But  those  which  end  with  a  consonant  form  the 
plural  by  the  addition  of  es,  viz.  : 

mujer,  woman,  mujeres,  women. 

dedinaciouy  declension,  declinaciones,  declensions. 

varicdad,     variety,  variedadeSj     varieties. 

animal^        animal,  animales^        animals. 

biiei/^  ox,  bueyeSj  oxen. 

cargazon^     cargo,  cargazoncs^    cargoes 

There  are  nouns  with  no  singular,  as — 

limonsias,  alms,  calzones,     trowsers, 

analcs^  annals,  hez^  dregs, 

aniipodas,  antipodes,  hagatelas^  trifles, 

fuellcSy  bellows,  gracias^      thanks. 

or  which  have  no  plural,  as — 

cebaday  barley,  ciencia^  science, 

obscuridad,     darkness,  pi'ogreso,  progress, 

alimento,         food,  tiigo,  wheat, 
conoscmientOj  knowledge,     etc.  etc. 

Like  the   articles,  nouns  are  declined  by  cases 
defined  by  prepositions  :    as  the  articles  are,  gram- 


14  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

marians  divide  them  into  two  declensions.  The 
first  is  composed  of  those  which  have  no  acute 
accent  on  the  final  vowel,  like  lihro^  libros,  book, 
books  ;  mesa,  mesas,  table,  tables. 

The  second  consists  of  all  nouns  which  form  the 
plural  by  the  addition  of  es,  as,  mujer,  mujeres, 
woman,  women  ;  ciiidad,  ciudades,  city,  cities. 

The  following  are  the  declensions  of  nouns  of 
both  forms  : 


WITH    A     MASCULINE    ARTICLE. 

Singular. 

Nom.    cl  libra ,      .         .         •  the  book. 
G-en.  del  libro,      .         .       of  the  book. 
Dat.     al  libra  (para  el)        to  the  book  (for  the). 
Ace.        libra,  al  libra,  the  book  (objective). 

Voc.        libra,      .         .  .the  book. 

Abl.  con,  par,  un,  de,  etc.  cl  libra,  from  etc., 

the  book. 

Plural. 

Nom.  las  libras,  .  .  the  books. 
Gen.  de  las  libras,  .  of  the  books. 
Pat.  a  las  libras,  .       to  the  books. 

Ace.  las  libras  {a  las  libras)       the  books  (objective). 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  15 

Voc.  los  lihros^    .  .  .  the  books. 

Abl.  coTiy  jpor^  dej  etc.  los  libros,  from,  etc., 

the  books. 

WITH    A     FEMININE    ARTICLE. 

Singular. 
Nom.     la  iglesia,      .  .  the  church. 

Gen.  dclaiglesiay      .        of  the  church. 
Dat.  a  la  iglesia,      .         to  the  church. 
Ace.  la  iglesiaj  a  la  iglesia^     the  church  (objective). 
Yoc.      iglesia,  church. 

Abl.    con,  por,  en,  de,  la  iglesia,  of,  in,  by, 

the  church. 

Plural. 
Nom.      las  iglesias,         .  the  churches. 

Gen.  de  las  iglesias,  of  the  churches. 

Dat.    a  las  iglesias,  to  the  churches. 

Ace.  las  iglesias,  a  las  iglesias,  churches. 

Voc.       iglesias,     .         .         .         churches. 
Abl.  con,j}or,  en,  las  iglesias,  with,  from,  etc., 

the  churches. 

WITH    THE    NEUTER    ARTICLE. 

Singular. 
Nom.     lo  hueno,  .         .         .  the  good. 
Gen.  delobueno,  .         .         of  the  good. 


16  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Dat.    a  lo  buenoj  .  .         to  the  good. 

Ace.       I/?  bucjWj  or,  a  lo  bmnoj  the  good  (objective). 
Voc.  huciio^  ....  good. 

Abl.  con^  jpor^  e?i,  de  lo  bue?io,  with,  for,  and, 
from,  the  good. 

The  neuter  has  no  plural,  but  substitutes  for  it 
the  feminine  plural  with  the  word  cosas^  things, 
viz.  : 

Nom.  las  cosas  bucnas^  the  good  things. 
Gen.  delas  cosas  buenas^  of  the  good  things. 
Dat.  a  las  cosas  biienas,  to  the  good  things. 

Ace.     las  cosas  hiienas^  or,  a  las  cosas  ^ 

-L  J  ii  •         C  (objective). 

buenas^  good  thmgs.  )  ^    **  ' 

Voc.  cosas  bucnaSj    good  things.  ^ 

Abl.  co7ij  poTy  g?i,  las  cosas  biienas,  with,  for, 

and  to,  the  good  things. 

THE    SECOxND     DECLENSION. 

This  may  briefly  be  defined  to  consist  of  all 
nouns  which  form  the  plural  in  es. 

Singular. 

Nom.     DioSj     .....  God. 

Gen.  de  Dios,     .....        of  God. 
Dat.   a  Dios^     .....         to  God. 


SPANISH    GHAMMAR. 


17 


Ace.      jDi<7s,^  Dzos  (objective),  .         .         .    God. 
Yoc.      Dios^     .         .         .         .         .         .God, 

Abl.  cow,  ^or,  ew,  Dios,  .         .  with,  for,  in,  God. 

Plural. 


Nom.     Dioses,     . 

Gen.  de  Dioses^ 

Dat.  a  Dioses, 

Ace.      Dioses,  a  Dioses^ 

Voc.      Dioses, 

Abl.  coTi,  ^or,  ew.  Dioses, 


Gods, 
of  Gods, 
to  Gods. 

Gods  (objective), 

Gods, 
with,  from,  and 

Gods. 


The  second  declension  is  varied  precisely  like  the 
first  by  means  of  the  article  and  preposition, 
■which  of  course  undergo  no  modification.  The 
noun  itself  merely  adds  es  to  the  singular  instead 
of  s. 


WITH    A     MASCULINE    ARTICLE, 


Singular. 


Nom.  el  senor^ 

Gen.         del  senor^ 
Dat.  al  senoTj 

Ace.  el  or  al  senovy 
Voc.  senor^ 

Abl.  con^  yor^  en  senor^ 
2 


.  the  lord, 
of  the  lord, 
to  the  lord. 

lord  (objective), 
lord, 
with  the  lord. 


18 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Plwrcd 

Nom.       Ins  seiioreSj        .  .  the  lords 

Gen.   delos  seiioresj        .       of  the  lords. 

Dat.     a  las  scnores^        .       to  the  lords. 

Ace.       los  seiiores,a  los  senores,     lords  (objective). 

Voe.  senoreSy         .         .         lords. 

Abl.  con,  por,  en  sefiores,  with  lords 

WITH     A      FEMININE    ARTICLE. 


Singular. 


!^om.  la  ciudadj 

Gen.       dc  la  ciiidad, 
Dat.  a  la  ciiidad^ 

Ace.  la  or  a  la  dudad, 
Voc.  ciudad, 


the  city, 
of  the  city, 
to  the  city. 

the  city  (objective), 
city. 


Abl.  co7iy  por^  C7ij  la  ciudad^       with,  for,  in, 

the  city. 

Plural 


Num.  las  ciudadeSy  . 

Gen.  de  las  ciudadeSj  . 

Dat.  a  las  ciudadeSy  . 

Ace.  las  or  a  las  ciudades,  . 
Voc.  ciudades  J  . 


.  the  cities. 
of  the  cities, 
to  the  cities. 

.  cities. 

.  cities. 


Abl.  con,  por,  en,  la  ciudad,  with,  for,  in,  the  cities. 


SPANISH     GRAMMAR.  19 

Nouns  in  Spanish  are  declined  merely  by  pre- 
positions ;  and  as  gender,  therefore,  becomes  of  the 
greatest  importance,  we  have  to  define  a  few  rules 
for  ascertaining  it : 

1.  Xouns  which  imply  the  masculine^  take  ths 
articles  el  and  un ;  as,  liovibre^  man  ;  cahallo^ 
horse  ;  monje,  monk  ;  sastre^  tailor  ;  cajpitan^ 
captain  ;  teniente^  lieutenant  ;  alfarez^  ensign. 
Those  which  imply  a  female  idea  are  feminine,  as, 
mujer,  woman ;  yegua^  mare ;  duquesa^  duchess, 
etc. 

2.  Xouns  terminating  in  a  are  feminine,  as,  ven- 
tana^  window  ;  casa^  house  ;  yerha^  grass,  etc.  ; 
and  in  d^  as,  caridad^  charity  ;  saludy  safety  ;  also 
in  i<3??,  as,  concepcion^  conception,  etc. 

3.  Nouns  expressing  quality,  or  property  in,  are 
feminine,  as  redondez^  roundness,  etc. 

4.  All  other  nouns  aro  masculine. 

5.  Nouns  without  a  singular  are  of  the  gender 
they  would  belong  to  were  the  singular  used,  as, 
vivereSj  provisions  (masculine)  ;  calzones^  trowsers 
(feminine),  e-c. 

The  following  nouns  may  be  considered  as  com- 


20 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


mon — that  is  to  say,  may  with  equal  propriety  be 
used  with  either  a  masculine  or  feminine  article : 


alhala, 

.  certificate. 

r    anathema 

anafemay       .         .        <    (or  excom- 

(  munkation) , 

arte^     .          .         .           art. 

canalj  . 

canal. 

cisma. 

schism 

cutis,    . 

skin. 

dote,     . 

dowry. 

emblema. 

emblem 

hermafrodita, 

hermaphrodite 

hiperhole, 

hyperbole. 

mar,    . 

sea. 

mdj-jen, 

margin. 

orden, . 

order. 

puente, 

bridge. 

reuma, 

rheum. 

PKC 

)NOUN. 

The  adjective  has  properly  speaking  no  declension, 
following  merely  the  form  of  the  noun  it  qualifies, 
and  with  which,  in  regular  grammatical  language, 
it  agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case.     Express- 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  21 

ing  merely  an  attribute,  it  can  never  be  used  alone, 
except  when  the  neuter  is  made  to  express  an  ab- 
stract idea,  as  d  bajo,  the  low ;  el  jprofundo^  the 
profound,  etc. 

We  can  best  explain  the  adjective  by  the  follow- 
ing declension  of  a  noun  and  adjective  conjoined : 

Singular, 


Nom. 

el  rey  sabioj   .          .  the  wise  king. 

Gen. 

del  rey  sabioy   .        of  the  wise  king. 

Dat. 

al  rey  sahio^    .       to  the  wise  king. 

Ace. 

el  rey  or  al  rey  sabio  (obj.),  .  the  wise  king. 

Yoc. 

rey  sabio^    .          .         wise  king. 

Abl.  con^  jpoTj  del  rey  sabio^    with,  for,  from, 

the  wise  king. 

Plural. 

Nom.  los  reyes  sabios,        the  wise  kings. 

Gen.         de  los  reyes  sabios,   of  the  wise  kings. 
Dat.  a  los  reyes  sabios,    to  the  wise  kings. 

Ace.  los  or  a  los  reyes  sabios  (obj)  the  wise  kings  (obj) 
Voc.  los  reyes  sabios,  .  .  wise  kings. 

Abl  con^  por,  de  los  reyes  sabios,  with,  for,  the 

wise  kings. 

Adjectives  have,  however,  one  other  variation 


22 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


not  possessoJ  by  nouns.  It  is  that  of  comparison, 
or  of  degree. 

These  are  the  Positive,  Comparative,  and  Su- 
perlative. The  first  is  the  mere  utterance  of  the 
quality  of  the  noun  ;  the  second  is  its  enhance- 
ment ;  and  the  third,  its  highest  exaltation,  as, 
Bueno^  mcjor^  mas  hueno^  good,  better,  best  ;  tonto^ 
mas  tonlo^  el  mas  tonto^  el  vicims  tonto^  foolish, 
more  foolish,  the  most  foolish,  the  least  foolish. 

There  is,  however,  another  class  of  adjectives 
which  are  of  limited  number,  and  are  again  sub- 
divided. 

They  are  called  numerals,  and  the  sub-classes 
are  ordinal  and  cardinal. 

The  cardinals  conveying  the  mere  facts,  are  : 


uno^     . 

.  one. 

dos, 

.  two. 

t?-es, 

.  three. 

cnnrto^ 

.  four. 

ci7ico,  . 

.  five. 

seisj 

.  six. 

siete^    . 

.  seven. 

oc/Wj    . 

.   eight. 

nuevej 

.  nine. 

diez,    . 

.  ten. 

onze,    . 

.  eleven 

"SPANISH    GRAMMAR, 


23 


doze^    , 

.  twelve. 

trece,    . 

.  thirteen. 

catorce^ 

.  fourteen. 

quince^ 

.  fifteen. 

dic.z  y  seis,    . 

.  sixteen. 

diez  y  seite,  . 

.  seventeen. 

dicz  y  ocho^  . 

,  eighteen. 

dicz  y  nueve, 

.  nineteen. 

veinte,  . 

.   twenty. 

veinte  y  luio,  etc., 

.  twenty-one,  etc. 

treinta^  etc., 

.  thirty. 

cuarenta^  etc., 

.  forty. 

cinciienta^  etc., 

.  fifty. 

sesenia,  etc., 

.  sixty. 

seienta,  etc.. 

.  seventy. 

ochtnta^  etc., 

.  eighty. 

novcnta^  etc.. 

.  ninety. 

ciento, 

.   a  hundred. 

dos  cientos,   . 

.   two  hundred,  etc 

mil^     .          .          .          , 

.  a  thousand. 

dos  mil, 

two  thousand,  etc 

un  mil  Ion  ^    . 
un  cuento,   . 

[  a  million. 

dos  milloncs, 
dos  cuentos, 

(  two  millions. 

den  milloncs. 

-i  a    hundred    mil- 

cien  cuenfoSy 

)       lions. 

24 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


ciento  y  cincuenta  millonesj 
or  cuentos. 


a    hundred    and 
forty  millions. 


TJno  and  the  hundreds,  cientos^  except  cienio^  a 
hundred,  vary  the  termination  according  to  gender, 
as  dos  cienitos  homhres^  two  hundred  men ;  una 
mujcr^  one  woman. 

The  ordinals  expressing  degree,  are  : 


primer  0, 
segundoj 
tercero, 

.  first. 

*  .  second. 

.  third. 

cuartOj 

.  fourth. 

quintOy 

sestOj    .          .          .          . 

.  fifth. 
.  sixth. 

sepiimo, 
edavOj 

.  seventh. 
.  eighth. 

nono  or  noveno,     . 

.  ninth. 

deci?no, 

.  tenth. 

undecimOj 

.  eleventh. 

duodecimo  J    . 

.  twelfth. 

decimo  tercio, 

.  thirteenth. 

decimo  cuarto. 

.  fourteenth. 

decimo  quinto, 
decimo  sesto, 

.  fifteenth. 
.  sixteenth. 

decimo  septimoj 

.  seventeenth 

decimo  octavo. 

.  eighteenth. 

decimo  nono. 

.  nineteenth. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


25 


vijesimo  primo, 

vijesimo  segundo, 

vijesimo  tercioj 

trijesi?no, 

cuadrajesimOj 

qidncwajesimOj 

secsajesimOy 

septuajesimoy 

octojesimo,     , 

nono.jesimo, 

centesimo, 

decentesimo^ 

trecentesimOj 

cuadrajentesimo, 

quinjentesimo, 

secsentesimOj 

sepfenjentesimo, 

octojentesimOj 

nonojentesimo, 


.  twentieth. 

.  twentj-first. 

.  twenty-second. 

.  twenty-third. 

.  thirtieth. 

.  fortieth. 

.  fiftieth. 

.  sixtieth. 

.  seventieth. 

.  eightieth, 

.  ninetieth. 

.  hundredth. 

.  two  hundredth. 

.  three  hundredth. 

.  four  hundredth. 

.  five  hundredth. 

.  six  hundredth. 

.  seven  hundredth. 

.  eight  hundredth. 

.  nine  hundredth. 

.  thousandth. 


PRONOUNS. 


There  is  yet  another  class  of  nouns  relating  to 
persons  or  things,  which  is  divided  into  sub-classes, 
and  which  are  called  pronouns  or  substitutes. 

These  are  subdivided  into  Personal,  Possessive, 


26  SPANISH   gra:mmar. 

Demonstrative,  Relative,  laterrogative,  and  Defi- 
nite. 

The  first  are,  Yo,  tu,  el  or  dla,  nosotros^  voso- 
tro%^  and  ellos  or  ellaf.  :  I,  thou,  he  or  she,  we,  ye, 
they. 

Pronouns  are  declined  like  nouns,  except  that 
they  do  not  take  an  article  before  them. 

The  declensions  are  : 

DECLENSION    OF    YO,    I. 

Singular. 

Nora.    Yo, I. 

Gen.     de  mi, of  me. 

Dat.     a  mi, to  me. 

Ace.  mi  or  a  mi,  .....          me. 

Voc.  (wanting), 

Abl.  de  mi,  por  mi,  etc.,  con  viign,           .  with  me. 

Flural. 

Nom.     nosotros-as,        ....     me. 
Gen.  de  nosotros-as,       .  .         ,         .  of  us. 

Dat.   a  nosotros-as,       .  .  .  .  to  us. 

Ace.       nosotros-as,  os,  ...       us. 

Yoc.       (wanting), 
Abl.  por,  dc,  C'^n,  nosotros-as,  etc.  for,  from  us,  etc 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


27 


Singular. 

jS^om.  tu^  .... 

Gen.  de  ti^         ,  .  . 

Dat     a  ti,  etc., 

Ace.   tij  ov  te,    . 

Voc.  ttij   .... 

Abl.  CGHj  por^  etc.,  ti,  con  tigo^  w 


.  thou, 
of  thee, 
to  thee. 
.  thee. 
.  thou, 
ith,  for,  etc.,  thee. 


Phi  red. 

Nora.  vos,vosotros-aSj 

Gen.      de  vosotros-as^ 

Dat.        a  vosotros-as^  also  os, 

Ace.  or,  a  vosotros-as^  also  05, 

Voc.  vosotros-aSy 

Abl.  coUj  pofj  etc.,  vosotros-as, 


as  ye. 

of  you 

to  you. 

you. 

ye. 


from,  for. 


you. 


Singjilar. 


MASCUI.IXB.        FE.MIXIXE.  XEUTER. 

Noin.     6/,     £>//«,  e//(9,  es'(9,    .  .  he,  she,  if. 

Gen.  f/eZ,  della^  de  ello,  de  esto^  of  him,  her,  or  it. 
Dat.  «/,  a  alla^  /e,  a  ello^  a  esto^  to  him,  her,  or  it. 
KcQ-.aelle^a  ella^  la^  ello^  eslo^  him,  her,  or  it. 
\'oc.  (wanting.) 

Abl.  con^pnr^elj  ella,     elloj  esto,  with,  etc.,  him,  her, 

or  it. 


28 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Plural. 


MAS.   NEtJT. 

FEM. 

Nom. 

ellosy  . 

ellas, . 

.  they 

Gen. 

de  elloSj   . 

ellas,  . 

of  them 

Dat. 

a  ellos,   . 

.ellas^  . 

to  them 

Aco. 

e.llos^  loSj 

.ella$^  . 

them 

Voc 

(wanting.) 

Abl. 

coiij  tllos^ 

.dlas,  . 

with  them 

The  first  personal  pronoun  and  the  third,  it  will 
be  seen,  have  no  vocative  case. 

The  third  has  also  a  neuter  gender. 

The  following  are   called  compound   recipro- 


CATIVE    PRONOUNS,  VIZ. 


Yo  mismo  or  ma, 

.  myself. 

tu  misvio  or  ma, 

.  thyself. 

el  mismo, 

.  himself. 

ella  misma. 

.  herself. 

el,  or  ello  mismo,     . 

.  itself. 

uno  mismo,     . 

.  oneself. 

The  Possessive  Pronouns  convey  the  idea  of 
property,  as,  tiv,  or  el  iuyo,  thine  ;  mi,  el  mio, 
mine  ;  and  su,  d  suyo^  his,  la  suya,  hers. 

They  are  of  two  classes,  mi,  tu,  su,  which  take 
no   article  before  them,  as   mi  cab  alio,  su  madre; 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  29 

and  others  which  do  take  the  article,  as,  d  mioj  el 
tuyo,  la  mia,  la  tuya^  la  suya,  and  el  suyo. 

The  following  are  always  used  before  nouns, 
viz.,  7niy  mis  (pi.),  tu^  me^  tus  (pi.) ;  they  relate 
ever  to  a  single  person. 

Others  convey  the  idea  of  number,  as  miestro, 
nuestra^  vuestroj  vuestra^  nuesfroSj  nuestras^  vues^ 
troj  vuestras. 

The  third  personal  possessive  pronoun,  su,  sus 
(pi.),  relates  to  either  one  or  more. 

These  are  all  declined  by  means  of  the  prepo- 
sitions ;  and  those  which  have  the  article  are  also 
varied  by  gender  and  number,  as  all  other  noun 
words  are. 

The  relative  pronouns  have  reference  to  some 
noun  previously  used.  Two  of  the  relatives  are 
also  called  Interrogatives,  viz.,  que^  quieUj  who.'* 
Some  pronouns  of  this  class  take  the  article,  and 
others  do  not.  They  are  declined  like  other  pro- 
nouns, viz. : 

Singular. 


Nom. 

que, 

quien. 

who,  that,  which. 

Gen. 

de  que, 

quien. 

.  of  who,  that,  which. 

Dat. 

a  que. 

quien, 

.  to  who,  that,  which. 

Ace. 

a  que, 

quien. 

.  to  who,  that,  which (obj.^ 

Voc. 

que, 

quien, 

who,  that,  which 

Ah\.  de,por,qv£,  quien,    with,  by,  who,  that, 


30 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Plitrnl 

MA8C.  FEM. 


IS'om. 

que, 

quicnes,       .      who,  that,  which. 

Gen. 

de  que, 

quienes,     of  whom,  that,  which. 

Dat. 

a  que, 

quienes,     to  whom,  that,  which. 

Ace. 

que. 

quienes  [oh])  whom,  that,  which. 

Voc. 

que. 

quienes,       .     who,  that,  which. 

Abl.  con 

por,  que, 

quienes,     with,  for,  whom,  that, 
which. 

Lo    que,   the    neuter    relative,    signifying    that, 
which,  what,  is  also  declined  without  an  article  : 

Singular. 


NEUTEB. 

N-   ^ 

lo  que,  . 

that,  which,  what. 

Geii. 

de  lo  que. 

of  that,  which,  what. 

Dat. 

a  lo  que,    . 

to  that,  which,  what. 

Ace. 

a  lo  que,    . 

that,  which,  what(obj.) 

Voc. 

lo  que. 

that,  which,  what. 

Abl.  con 

por,  loque. 

with,  by,  that,  which, 
what. 

The  Demonstrative  Pronouns  serve  to  particu- 
larize or  define  the  Noun  to  which  they  relate,  as, 
Este  es  el  caballo,  this  is  the  horse  ;  Aquella  es  la 
Espada.  They  are  classified  into  proximate  and 
remote,  relating  to  near  or  distant  objects,  as, 
Este,  this  ;  Aquello,  that. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


31 


Singular. 


MASC. 

FEJT.                KETJTEK. 

Nom. 

este^ 

.    esta,     .    estoj      . 

this. 

Gen. 

d&  este, 

.    esta^     .    esto,      of  this. 

Dat. 

a  estej 

.    esta,     .    esto,      to  this. 

Ace. 

este^ 

.    esta,     .    esto,     . 

this  (obj.) 

Voc. 

este. 

.    esta,     .   esto, 

this. 

Abl.  con 

,  por^  estCy 

.    esta,     .   estOy  with  this. 

riural 

MA80. 

FEM. 

Nom. 

estos, 

.    estas. 

these. 

Gen. 

de  estos, 

.    estasy 

.    of  these. 

Dat. 

a  estos, 

.    estas. 

.  to  these. 

Ace. 

estos, 

.    estas. 

the   .. 

Voc. 

estos. 

.    estas. 

.        t'     'e. 

Abl.  con 

po?',  estos, 

.    estas, 

by  tnese. 

The  pronoun  aquel  is  also  declined  : 

Singular. 

MASC. 

FEM.                      NED-TKB, 

Nom 

aquel, 

.  aquella,  .  aquello, 

that. 

Gen. 

de  aquel. 

.  aquella,  .  aquello,  of  th3it. 

Dat. 

a  aquel, 

.  aquella,  .  aquello,  to  thai. 

Ace. 

aquel, 

.  aquella,  .  aquello. 

that  (obj) 

Voc. 

aquel. 

.  aquella,  .  aquello, 

that. 

Abl.  con 

por,  aquel, 

aquella,  ..aquello. 

with. 

by,  that. 

32 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


The  plural  is  also  declined  with  the  usual 
feminine,  as^  according  to  the  general  rule.  Ese, 
esa^  eso,  are  also  declined,  forming  the  plural  in  os 
and  as,  as  usual. 

There  is  a  pronoun,  aquese,  aquesa,  and  aqiieso, 
having  the  same  signification  with  cse. 

All  other  pronouns  are  called  indefinite,  and 
many  may  be  considered  merely  adjectives,  viz. : 
Otro  and  mucho,  other  and  much. 

The  following  are  the  indefinite  pronouns  pro- 
per, viz. : 

Uno,  una,  alguno,  alguna, 
Alguno,  alguna,      ^ 
cualquiera,  ) 

Muchos,  <      *         *         * 


one. 


any. 


many, 
several 


Cado,   ^ 

Todo,    \        '         '         ' 
Cada  uno,  todo  el  mundo,  todos, 
Algo,  algunos,  los  unos,  las  unas, 

Alguno,  algunos,  . 

Alguno,  alguna,    . 

Otro,  otra,  otras,   . 
El  mismo,  la  mismay 


every. 

every  body, 
some. 

some  body, 
some  one. 
some  people, 
some  persons, 
some  men. 
other,  others. 
the  same. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


33 


Todo^  ioda^  todos,  tod  as, 

Quienquiera  que  sea, 

Cuda,  cada  uno,  cada  unas,  cada 

El  uno  y  el  otro,     ^ 

La  una  y  la  otra,    ) 

Amhos,  ambas, 

Enti-amlos,  entramhas, 

Los  dos,  las  das, 

Ni  uno,  ni  otro, 

JYadie,  ninguno,  ninguna, 

JVadie,  ninguna  persona, 

Nada,    .... 


.  all. 

c    whoever. 
\    whosoever. 
una,  each. 
c    each  other. 
\    one  another. 

.  both. 


neither, 
none, 
not  any. 
no  body, 
no  one. 
nothincr. 


The  pronouns  and  adjectives  of  the  above  table 
are  declined  by  means  of  the  preposition. 

Few  of  them  take  the  article. 

When  they  are  declined  in  the  plural,  that 
number  is  expressed  in  the  above  table. 


VERBS. 

The  Verb  is  a  word  which  signifies  to  be,  to  do, 
or  to  suffer. 

Verbs    are    classified     into    active,    passive, 
2 


34  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

NEUTER,      REFLECTIVE,      DEFECTIVE,      and      IMPER- 
SONAL   or    THIRD    PERSONAL. 

The  active  has  reference  to  another  person  or 
thing  than  the  actor,  as,  Amar  la  vertud,  to  love 
virtue. 

The  passive  is  always  followed  bj  a  preposition, 
as,  JEstc  homb?-e,  es  cansado  de  trabajo/this  man.  is 
wearied  with  labor. 

The  nominative  and  accusative  of  the  reflective 
verb  always  refer  to  the  same  person,  as,  Yo  me 
hallo,  I  found  myself. 

There  is  a  sub-class  of  this  verb  called  recipro- 
cal, which  expresses  mutual  action  of  several 
persons  or  things,  as,  Todos  dehian  sosfenerse^  all 
should  sustain  each  other. 

The  impersonal  or  third  personal  are  those,  the 
idea  or  meaning  of  which  excludes  all  but  the 
third  person,  as,  Annochcer,  to  grow  dark  ;  anno- 
chcce,  it  grows  dark  ;  hidar^  to  freeze ;  hiela,  it 
freezes. 

Verbs  are  also  regular,  irregular,  and  defec- 
tive. 

The  j5rst  are  those  which  preserve  the  root  un- 
varied through  all  the  modifications  of  person, 
number,  tense,  and  mood. 

Irregular  are  those  which  have  variations  from 
the  root. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  35 

Defective  are  those  which  are  only  used  in  cer- 
tain tenses  or  persons.  In  this  point  of  view  all 
the  THIRD  PERSONAL  vcrbs  are  defective. 

What  declension  is  to  nouns,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  conjugation  is  to  verbs.  The  latter  are 
varied  bj  mood,  tense,  and  person. 

Mood  expresses  the  manner  of  being,  doing,  or 
suffering. 

The  Spanish  has  five  moods,  viz. :  infinitive, 

INDICATIVE,  SUBJUNCTIVE,  CONDITIONAL,  IMPERA- 
TIVE, and  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

The  infinitive  expresses  the  simple  idea,  as 
mercer,  to  merit ;  olvidar,  to  forget ;  casar,  to 
marrv. 

The  conditional  denotes  that  the  action  is  con- 
tingent on  something  else,  as,  Yo  leiria  la  BiUia  si 
tenia  tie?npo,  I  would  read  the  Bible  if  I  had 
time. 

The  imperative  commands,  exhorts,  forbids  or 
exhorts,  as.  Escribe  tw,  write  ;  Dame  este  libra, 
give  me  that  book. 

This  mood  has  but  one  tense — the  present,  the 
idea  of  command  excluding  all  others. 

The  subjunctive  is  a  mood  depending  on  another 
verb,  expressed  or  understood. 

Yo  me  congratularia  si  hablase,  I  would  congra- 
tulate myself  if  he  spoke. 


36  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Tense  expresses  time  ;  and  the  Spanish  gram- 
marians look  on  the  infinitive  as  conveying  the 
idea  of  the  present,  preterite  or  past,  gerund  and 
participle. 

The  present  of  the  infinitive  is  the  simplest 
form  of  the  verb,  and  simply  implies  an  idea. 

The  preterite  implies  that  the  thing  happened 
in  past  time.  It  is  usually  accompanied  by  a 
participle  or  auxiliary  verb,  as,  Suye  haherle  visto, 
I  knew  I  had  seen  him. 

The  gerund  conveys  the  idea  of  the  participle 
ending  in  ing,  as,  El  rey  viendo,  the  king  seeing. 
It  has  also  the  sense  of  the  Latin  ablative  absolute, 
as,  C(2sare  exisknte  (Caesar  being)  Cccsar  viendo. 

The  participles  are  present  and  past.  The  pre- 
sent ends  (in  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation)  in 
ante  ;  in  the  second  and  third,  in  iente.  The  pre- 
sent is  used  as  an  adjective.  It  cannot  take  an 
accusative  after  it. 

The  preterite  or  past  participle  of  regular 
verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  ends  in  ado ;  in 
regular  verbs  of  the  second  and  third  conjugations, 
it  ends  in  ido. 

This  participle  is  active  or  passive,  as, 

Yo  ho  Iddo  esle  lihro  (active)  I  have  read  this  book. 
Este  lihro  tamhien  es  leido 
(passive.) 


>    This  book  also  is  read. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  37 

In  the  indicative  mood  the  Spanish  language  has 
eight  tenses,  viz.  : 

The  PRESENT,  the   imperfect, the   preterite 

DEFINITE,  the  preterite    INDEFINITE,  the    PRETE- 
RITE   ANTERIOR,     the      PLUPERFECT,     the      FUTURE 

ABSOLUTE,  and  the  future  anterior. 

The  present  denotes  a  thing  is  being  done,  as, 
A?nOj  I  love  ;  quieren,  they  wish  ;  se,  I  know. 

The  imperfect  denotes  a  thing  was  occurring, 
as,  Componiaj  he  was  composing  ;  escuchalan^  they 
were  hearing,  etc.  It  also  expresses  the  habit  of 
a  thing,  as,  Yo  tocala  el  piano  todas  las  tardeSj  I 
used  to  play  the  piano  every  evening. 

The  preterite  definite  expresses  a  thing  to  have 
been  completed,  as,  Yio  ayer,  he  saw  yesterday. 

The  preterite  indefinite  denotes  a  thing  in  a  past 

undetermined  time,  as, 

T      -L  ^  n      J     -^T        •        1      C  The  battle  of  Na- 
Lia    oataUa   de  Isavarmo   ha  \ 

1      n    J  J    T     T^  {  varino    has    sur- 

assombrada  ioda  la  Jburopa^  )  i    ,,  -r^ 

V.  prised  all  Europe. 

The  preterite  definite  is  used  when  the  time  in 

which  the  action  occurred  is  passed,  as, 

Una  vez  vio  la  reyna^     .     Once  I  saw  the  queen. 

The  preterite  indefinite  is  used  when  a  portion 
of  time  yet  remains,  as, 

Yo  le  he  visto  esfe  semana^  I  have  seen  him  this  week. 


38  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Another  preterite  is  the  preterite  anterior,  which 
expresses  that  an  event  occurred  before  another, 
in  the  past,  as, 

Quando  huho  dejado  su         When  he  had  left  his 
pais  perdio  toda  espe-  country  he  lost  all 

ranza,  hope. 

There  are  in  Spanish  four  futures  :  the  Future 
Simple  or  Absolute,  and  the  Future  Compound 
or  Anterior,  of  the  indicative  mood,  make  up  its 
complement  of  eight  tenses.  Two  other  futures 
belong  to  the  conditional  and  subjunctive  moods. 

The  future  simple  implies  that  a  thing  loill  take 
place-at  some  time  to  come,  as, 

Yo  le  consider  are  el  mas  fiel    I  shall  think  him  my 
de  mis  amigoSj  most  faithful  friend. 

The  future  compound,  or  anterior,  that  an  action 
will  have  been  completed  when  a  certain  event 
shall  happen,  as, 

Yo  le  hahre  vislo  cuando     I  shall  have  seen  him 
vengasj  when  you  come. 

The  future  absolute  expresses  a  positive  fixed 
time  and  a  contingency,  as, 

Yo  acabare  en  AgostOj    I  shall  be  done  in  August 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  39 

The  future  .compound  implies  a  fixed  contin- 
gency, as, 

El  tratado  hahra  ajustado  The  treaty  will  have  ad- 
estas  diJicuUades  antes  justed  those  difficulties 
que  otros  gohienws  pod-  before  other  govern- 
ran  servirse  de  algunos  ments  will  be  able  to 
embrollosj  make  use  of  any  in- 

trigues. 

The  conditional  has  eight  tenses,  viz..  First, 
Second,  and  Third  Conditionals,  present,  which 
are  simple  ;  the  First,  Second,  and  Third  Con- 
ditionals, past,  which  are  formed  by  means  of  the 
auxiliary  verb  kaber  ;  and  the  Future  Conjunc- 
tives, Simple  and  Compound. 

The  three  first  denote  that  a  thing  would,  under 
certain  circumstances,  be  done  at  the  present 
time. 

The  three  second,  that  a  thing  would  have  been 
done,  under  certain  conditions,  in  time  past. 

The  future  conjunctive  is  always  accompanied 
by  a  conjunction  or  an  adverb,  and  expresses  what 
is  implied  in  English  by  the  present  of  the  indica- 
tive, when  preceded  by  si  or  cuaiido,  if,  or  when. 
It  also  conveys  the  meaning  of  the  present  of  the 
subjunctive,  when  the  preceding  verb  has  before  it 
such    conjunctions    as   con   tal   que,  a  si  que,  etc. 


40 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Sometimes  it  conveys  the  meaning  of  the  future 
absolute  or  anterior  of  the  indicative  mood. 

A  pronoun,  either  expressed  or  understood,  is  a 
necessary  attendant  of  every  verb,  the  classes  of 
the  varieties  of  which  have  already  been  under- 
stood. 

There  are  four  verbs  which,  though  very  irre- 
gular, need  so  much  attention  as  to  require  to  be 
printed  in  full.  They  are  as  follows,  viz.  ;  Hahcr^ 
tener,  to  have  ;  ser  and  estar,  to  be. 

The  first  haler^  to  have,  is  thus  conjugated : 


INFINITIVE 

Present. 

Haler,  . 

.  to  have. 

Preterite. 

Haher  hahido^ 

.  to  have  had 

Gerund. 

Habiendoj 

.  having. 

Participle. 

HahidOj 

.  had. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 

Yoke, 

.         .          . 

I  have. 

Tu  has  J 

. 

thou  hast. 

El  ha, 

.... 

he  has. 

Nosotros  hemos  or  hahemos^ 

we  have. 

Vosotros  haheis^     . 

you  have. 

Ellos  hauy 

. 

they  have. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  41 

Imjperfcct. 


Yo  hahia^     . 

.  I  had. 

Tu  kabiasj  . 

.  thou  hadst 

JEl  hahiiij     . 

.  he  had. 

Nosotros  habiamos, 

.  we  had. 

Yosotros  kabiaisj  . 

.  you  had. 

Ellos  habian, 

.  they  had. 

Preterite  Definite. 

Yo  hube.^ 

.  I  had. 

Tu  hubisfe,  . 

.  thou  hadst. 

Elhubo, 

.  he  had. 

Nosotros  hubimoSj . 

.  we  had. 

Vosotros  kubisteis, 

.  you  had. 

Ellos  hubieron^ 

.  they  had. 

Preterite  Indefinite. 

Yo  he  habido, 

.  I  have  had. 

Tu.  has  habido,     . 

.  thou  hast  had. 

El  ha  habido, 

.  he  has  had. 

Nosotros  heraos  habido,  . 

.  we  have  had. 

Vosotrof  habeis  habido,  . 

.  you  have  had. 

Ellos  han  habido. 

.  they  have  had 

Preterite  Anterior. 

Yo  hube  habido,    . 

.  I  had  had. 

42 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Tit  kuhisfe  hahido^ 
El  huho  hahiclo^     . 
Nosotros  hvhimos  halido^ 
Vosotros  hiilisteis  hahidoj 
Ellos  huhieron  kabido.   . 


thou  hadst  had. 
he  had  had. 
we  had  had. 
you  had  had. 
the}'  had  had. 


Pluperfect. 


Yo  hahia  haVido^  . 
Tu  hahias  habido. 
El  habia  habido^  . 
Nosotros  hahiamos  kabido, 
Vosotros  habiais  kabido, 
Ellos  habian  kabido,     . 


.  I  had  had. 
.  thou  hadst  had. 
.  he  had  had, 
.  we  had  had. 
.  you  had  had. 
.  they  had  had. 


Future  Absolute. 


Yo  habre,     . 
Tw  habras,  . 
El  kabra,     . 
JSfosotros  hahremos, 
Vosotros  kabreis,  . 
Ellos  kabran. 


I  shall  or  will  have, 
thou  wilt  have, 
he  will  have, 
we  shall  have, 
you  will  have, 
they  will  have. 


Futitre  Anterior. 


Yo  habre  kabido,. 
Tib  kabra s  kabido. 
El  kabra  Jiabido,  . 


I  shall  have  had. 
thou  wilt  have  had. 
he  will  have  had. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR, 


43 


Nosotros  hahremos  hahido. 
Vosotro.  Aabreis  kabido, 
Ellos  habran  habido^     . 


.  we  shall  have  had. 
.  you  will  have  had. 
.  they  will  have  had 


IMPERATIVE, 


Hay  a  yo,     . 
Ha  tu, 
Ilaya  el, 
Hayamos  nos, 
Habed  vosotros^ 
Hay  an  ellos, 


let  me  have, 
have  thou, 
let  him  have, 
let  us  have, 
have  you. 
let  them  have. 


CONDITIONAL. 


First  Conditional  Present. 


Yo  habria  or  hubiera, 
Tib  habrias, 
El  habria,    . 
Nosotros  habriamos, 
Vosotros  habriais, 
Ellos  habrian. 


I  should  have, 
thou  wouldst  have, 
he  would  have, 
we  should  have, 
you  would  have, 
they  would  have. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present. 


Si  or  cuando, 
Yo  hubiera  or  kubiese,    . 
Tu  hubieras  or  hubieses, 
El  hubiera  or  hubiese.    . 


.  If  or  though. 
.  I  had  or  should  have. 
.  thou  wouldst  have. 
.  he  would  have. 


44  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Nosotros  hulicramos  or  kuhie-  we    had   or    should 

semos,  have. 

Vosotros  habierais  or  huhicseisj  you   had  or   would 

have. 
IJIlos  hubieran  or  hiihiesen,     .  they  would  have. 

First  Conditional  Past. 
Yo  hahria  or  huhiera  hahido^    I  should  have  had. 
Tw  habrias  habidoj        .  .  thou    wouldst    have 

had. 
JEl  habria  habido,  .         .  he  would  have  had. 

Nosotros  habriamos  habido,  .  we  should  have  had. 
Vosotros  habriais  hahido^  .  yo\x  would  have  had. 
Ellos  habrian  hal)idOj     .  .  they  would  have  had. 

Second  and    Third  Conditionals  Past. 
Si  or  cua7ido,        .  .  .  If  or  though. 

Yo  hubiera  or  hubiese  habido^  I  had  or  should  have 

had. 
Tu  liubieras  or  hubieses  habido,  thou   wouldst   have 

had. 
El  hubiera  or  hubiese  habido,    he  would  have  had. 
Nosotros  hubieramos  or  hubie-  we    had    or    should 

semos  habido^  have  had. 

Vosotros  hubicrais  or  hibieseis 

habidOj     ....  you  would  have  had. 
Ellos  hubieran  or  hubiesen  ha- 

bidoj         ....  they  would  have  had. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  45 


Future  Conjunctive   Simple. 


Si  or  cuandoj 
Yo  huMerej 
Tu  huhiereSy 
El  huhiera^ 
Nosotros  kubiere?}ioSj 
Vosotros  huhiereisj 
Ellos  huUeren^ 


.  If  or  when. 

.  I  have  or  shall  have. 

.  thou  wilt  have. 

.  he  will  have. 

.  we  shall  have. 

.  you  will  have. 

.  they  will  have. 


Future  Conjunctive  Compound. 

Si  or  cuando^        .         .  .  If  or  when. 

Yo  huhiere  kabido,         .  .  I  have  or  shall  have 

had. 

Tu  huUeres  haiido^       .  ,  thou  wilt  have  had. 

Fl  huhiere  haiido,  .  .  he  will  have  had. 

Nosotros  huhieremos  hahido^  .  we  shall  have  had. 

Vosotros  huhiereis  hahido.,  .  you  will  have  had. 

Ellos  huhieran  hahido^   .  .  they  will  have  had. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

Yo  haya.,      .         .         .         .1  may  have. 
Tu  hayasj    ....  thou  mayst  have. 
El  haya^       .  .         .  .he  may  have. 

Nosotros  hciyamos.         .  .  we  may  have. 


46 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Vosotros  hayais^ 
Ellos  hayanj 


Yo  huhiese,  . 
Tu  hubieses, 
El  kuhiese,    . 
Nosotros  kttbiese?)ios, 
Vosotros  hubicseis, 
Ellos  hubieseiij 


you  may  have, 
they  may  have. 


>-fect. 


.  I  might  have. 
.  thou  mightst  have. 
.  he  might  have. 
.  we  might  have. 
.  yoa  might  have. 
.  they  might  have. 


Preterite. 


Yo  haya  habido,   . 
Tu  hayas  habido^ 
El  haya  hahido,   . 
Nosotros  hayamos  habido^ 
Vosotros  hayais  habidoj 
Ellos  hay  an  habidoj 


I  may  have  had. 
thou  mayst  have  had. 
he  may  have  had. 
we  may  have  had. 
you  may  have  had. 
they  may  have  had. 


Pluperfect. 


Yo  hubiese  habido, 
Tu  hubieses  habido. 


El  hubiese  habido ., 
Nosotros  hubiesemos  habido, 
Vosotros  hubieseis  habido, 
Ellos  hubiesen  habido,    . 


.  I  might  have  had. 
.  thou  mightest  have 

had. 
.  he  might  have  had. 
.  we  might  have  had. 
.  you  might  have  had. 
.  they  might  have  had. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


47 


Tener  is  both  auxiliary  and  active.  lu  the  first 
capacity  it  is  rarely  used,  being  equivalent  to  the 
Latin  halere. 

The  following  is  the  conjugation  of  temr  : 


Gerund. 


INFINITIVE. 


Present.        Tener  ^ 


.  to  have,  hold,  pos- 
sess. 
Preterite.     liaber  ienido,       .  to  have  had. 


Tcniendo. 


Participle.    Tenidoj 


.  having. 
.  had. 


INDICATIVE. 


Present. 


Yo  tengo^  . 
Tu  tienesj  . 
El  tiene, 

Nosotros  tenemos^ 
Vosotros  teneisj 
Ellos  tienen^ 


Yo  tenia, 
Tu  teniaSj 
El  tenia. 


.  I  have  or  possess. 

.  thou  hast. 

.  he  has. 

.  we  have. 

.  you  have. 

.  they  have. 


Iwperfed. 


I  had  or  did  possess. 
thou  hadst. 
he  had. 


48                                SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Nosotros  ienia7}ios, 

.  we  had. 

Vosotros  tcniais,    . 

.  you  had. 

Ellos  tenian^ 

.  they  had. 

Preterite  Definite. 

Yo  tuve. 

.  I  had  or  possessed. 

Tti  tuvistej   . 

.  thou  hadst. 

£■/  tuvOj 

he  had. 

Nosotros  tiLvimos,  . 

.  we  had. 

Vosotros  tiivisteis, 

.  you  had. 

Ellos  tuvieron. 

.   they  had. 

Preterite  Indefinite. 

Yo  he  tenidoj 

.  I  have  had  or  pos- 

sessed. 

Tw  has  tenidoy 

.   thou  hast  had. 

El  ha  tenidoy 

.  he  has  had. 

Nosotros  henios  tenido^  . 

.  we  have  had. 

Vosotros  haheis  tenidoj   . 

.  you  have  had. 

Ellos  han  tenido,  . 

.  they  have  had. 

Preterite  Anterior. 

Yo  huhc  tenido^     . 

.  I  had  had  or  pos- 

sessed. 

Tu  hwbisle  tenido. 

.  thou  hadst  had. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


49 


El  kubo  tenido^ 
JVosotros  kubimos  tmidn^ 
Vosofros  hiibisteis  tenido^ 
Ellas  Aubicron  tenido^    . 


he  had  had. 
we  had  had. 
you  had  had. 
they  had  had 


Plwperfect. 


Yo  habia  tenido^  . 

Tu  habia s  tenido, . 
El  habia  Unido^    . 
Nosotros  habiamos  tenido^ 
Vosotros  habiais  tenido^ 
Ellos  habian  tenido. 


.  I  had  had    or  pos- 
sessed. 
.  thou  hadst  had. 
.  he  had  had. 
.   we  had  had. 
.  3'ou  had  had. 
.  they  had  had. 


Future  Absolute. 


Yo  tendre, 


Tu  tendraSj 
El  tendra,    . 
JVosotros  iendremosj 
Vosotros  tendreisy  . 
Ellos  tendran. 


.  I  shall  have  or  pos- 
sess. 

.  thou  wilt  have. 

.  he  will  have. 

.  we  shall  have. 

.  you  will  have. 

.  they  will  have. 


Future  Anterior. 


Yo  habre  teiiido.,    . 


I  shall  have  had  or 

possessed. 


50 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Tit  hahras  tenido^ 
El  habra  tenido^   . 
JYosotros  hahre?nos  tenido, 
Vosotros  habreis  tenido^ 
Etlos  hair  an  tenido^ 


thou  wilt  have  had. 
he  will  have  had. 
we  shall  have  had. 
you  will  have  had. 
they  will  have  had. 


CONDITIONALS. 


First  Conditional  Present. 


Yo  tendria  or  tuviera. 


Til  tendriasj 
El  tendria  J  . 
Nosotros  tendriamoSj 
Vosotros  tendriaisj 
Ellos  tendrian.. 


I    should    have    or 

possess, 
thou  wouldst  have, 
he  would  have, 
we  should  have, 
you  would  have, 
they  would  have. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present. 


Si  or  cuando^ 
Yo  tuviera  or  tuviese,    . 
Tu  tuvieras  or  tuvieses, 
El  tuviera  or  tuviese. 


.   If  or  though. 
.   I  should  have. 
.   thou  shouldst  have. 
.  he  should  have. 


Nosotros  tui'ieramos   or  tuvi- 

esemos,      .         .         .  .we  should  have. 

Vosotros  iuvierais  or  tiovieseis,  you  should  have. 
Ellos  tibvieran  or  iuviesen,      .  they  should  have. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  51 

First  Conditional  Past. 

Yo  hahria  or  hulicra  tenido,  .  I  should  have  had. 

Tu  habrias  tenidoj         .  .  thou   wouldst   have 

had. 

Fl  hahria  tenido,  .  .  .he  would  have  had. 

Nosotros  hahriamos  tenido ,  .  we  should  have  had. 

Yosotros  hahriais  tenido,  .  you  would  have  had. 

Ellos  hahrian  tenido,     .  .  thej  would  have  had. 

Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Past. 

Si  or  cuandoj        .  .  .  If  or  though. 

Yo  hubiera  or  hubiese  tenido,  .  I  had  or  should  have 

had. 

Tib  huhier as  ov  hiibieses  tenido,  thou    wouldst    have 

had. 

El  hubiera  or  hubiese  tenido,  .  he  would  have  had. 

JVosotros  hubieramos  or  hubie- 

semos  tenido,      .         .  .we  should  have  had. 

Yosotros  hiibierais  or  hubiescis 
tenido,      ....  jou  would  have  had. 

Ellos  hubieran  or  hubiesen  te- 
nido,   ■    .         .  .         .  they  would  have  had. 

Future   Conjunctive   Simple. 

Si  or  cuando,        .         .         .  If  or  when. 

Yo  tuviere,  .         .         .         .1  have  or  possess. 


62                                 SPANISH 

GRAMMAR. 

Tu  tuviereSj 

.  thou  shalt  have. 

El  tuviere,  . 

he  shall  have. 

Nosotros  tuviercmos^ 

.  we  shall  have. 

Vosotros  tuviereisj 

.  you  will  have. 

JEllos  ticvieren, 

.  they  will  have. 

Future  Conjunctive  Compound. 

Si  or  cuandoj 

.   If  or  when. 

Yo  huhiere  tenido^ 

.  I  have  had. 

Tu  hulieres  tenido^ 

.  thou  wilt  have  had 

El  huUere  tenidoj 

.  he  will  have  had. 

Nosotros  kuhieremos  tenido,     .  we  shall  have  had. 

Vosotros  hubiereis  tenido 

,        .  you  will  have  had. 

Ellos  kubieren  tenido. 

.  they  will  have  had. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Present 

or  Future. 

Ten  tu, 

.  have  thou  or  possess 

Tenga  el. 

.  let  him  have. 

Tengamos  nosotros, 

.  let  us  have. 

Tened  vosotros,     . 

.  have  you  or  ye. 

Tengan  ellos. 

.  let  them  have. 

SUEJl 

JNCTIVE. 

P; 

^esent. 

Yo  tenga,     . 

.  I  may  have  or  pos- 

sess. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


53 


Tu  teiigas,   . 
El  tenga, 
Nosotros.  tengamos 
Vosotros  tengaisj 
Ellos  tengaUj 


.  thou  majst  have. 
.  he  may  have. 
.  we  may  have. 
.   you  may  have. 
.  they  may  have. 


Imperfect . 


Yo  tuviese. 


Til  tuvieseSj . 
El  fuviesej    . 
Nosotros  tuviesemos, 
Vosotros  tuvieseisy 
Ellos  tuviesen. 


Preterite. 


Yo  hay  a  tenido, 
Tu  hay  as  tenido,  . 
El  hay  a  tenido,     . 
Nosotros  hayamos  tenido^ 
Vosotros  hayais  teiiido^   . 
Ellos  hay  an  tenido^ 


I    mio-ht     have    or 

possess, 
thou  mightest  have, 
he  might  have, 
we  might  have, 
you  might  have, 
they  might  have. 


.  I  may  have  had. 
.  thou  mayst  have  had. 
.  he  may  have  had. 
.  we  may  have  had. 
.  you  may  have  had 
.  they  may  have  had. 


Plujperfed. 
Yo  huhiese  tenidoj  .  .  .1  mio-ht  have  had. 


Tu  huhieses  tenido^ 


thou  mightest  have 
had. 


54  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

El  hubiese  tenido^           .  .  he  might  have  had. 

Nosotros  huhiesemos  tenido.  .  we  mio-ht  have  had. 

Vosotros  huhieseis  tenido ^  .  you  might  have  had. 

Ellos  huhiesen  tenido ^      .  .  they  might  have  had. 

The  verbs  ser  and  estar^  though  translated  by  to 
Jc,  are  not  to  be  used  indiscriminately.  Ser  refers 
to  qualities  inherent  in  the  mind  of  a  person,  and 
serves  to  conjugate  the  passive. 

When  we  would  express  bodily  condition,  loca- 
tion, or  feeling,  estar  is  used. 

The  following  are  the  conjugations  of  the  two 
verbs : 


INFINITIVE. 

Present. 

Ser,  .          . 

.  to  be. 

Preterite. 

Haler  sido. 

.  to  have  been. 

Gerund. 

Siendo, 

.  being. 

Participle. 

SidOj 

.  been. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 


Yo  soy, 

. 

. 

.  I  am. 

Tib  eresj 

. 

. 

.  thou  art. 

El  es,  . 

, 

. 

.  he  is. 

Nosotros 

so?nos, 

, 

.  we  are. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


55 


Vosofros  seisj 
Ellos  son. 


you  are. 
they  are. 


Imjperfect. 


Yo  era, 

.  I  was. 

Tu  eras. 

•  .  thou  wast. 

El  era, 

.  he  was. 

Nosotros  eramosy  . 

.  we  were. 

Vosotros  eraisj 

.  you  were. 

Ellos  eraiij  . 

.  they  were. 

Preterite  Definite. 

Yofui,       .        .        . 

.  I  was. 

Tu  fuiste,    . 

.  thou  wast. 

Elfue, 

.  he  was. 

Nosotros  fidmoSj  . 

.  we  were. 

Vosotros  fuisteisj  . 

.  you  were. 

Ellos  fueron, 

.  they  were. 

Preterite 

Indefinite. 

Yo  he  sido,   . 

.  I  have  been. 

Tu  has  sidoy 

.  thou  hast  been. 

El  ha  sido,  . 

.  he  has  been. 

Nosotros  hemos  sido, 

.  we  have  been. 

Vosotros  habeis  sido, 

.  you  have  been. 

Ellos  han  sido. 

.  they  have  been 

56 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Yo  huhe  sidoj 
Tu  hubiste  sidoy     . 
El  huho  sidoy 
Nosotros  hubimos  sidOj 
Vosotros  hubisieis  sido, 
Ellos  hubieron  sido. 


JPreterite  Anterior 

.  I  had  been. 


thou  hadst  been, 
he  had  been, 
we  had  been, 
jou  had  been, 
they  had  been. 


Pluperfect. 


Yo  habia  sid'o, 
Tu  habias  sido,     . 
El  habia  sido, 
Nosotros  habiamos  sidOj 
Vosotros  habiais  sido, 
Ellos  habian  sido. 


.  I  had  been. 
.  thou  hadst  been. 
.  he  had  been. 
.  we  had  been. 
.  you  had  been. 
.  they  had  been. 


Yo  sere, 
Tu  seraSy 
El  sera, 

Nosotros  serevios 
Vosotros  sereisj 
Ellos  seran. 


Yc  habre  sido, 
Tu  habras  side. 


Future  Absolute. 

.  I  shall  be. 

.  thou  wilt  be. 

.  he  will  be. 

.  we  shall  be. 

.  you  will  be. 

.  they  will  be. 

Future  Anterior. 

.  I  shall  have  heen. 
.  thou  wilt  have  been. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


57 


El  hahra  sido, 
Nosotros  hahremos  sido, 
Vosotros  hahreis  sidoj 
Ellos  hair  an  sido^ 


.  he  will  have  been, 
.  we  shall  have  been. 
,  you  will  have  been. 
.  they  will  have  been. 


CONDITIONAL. 

First  Conditional  Present. 
Yo  seria  oy  fuera^         .         .  I  should  be. 
Tu  serias,    ....  thou  wouldst  be. 
El  seriaj       .         .         .         .he  would  be. 
Nosotros  seriamos,  .         .  we  should  be. 

Vosotros  seriaisj    .         .         .  you  would  be. 


Ellos  serian^ 


.  they  would  be. 


^ 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present. 

Si  or  cuandoj 

Yo  fuera  or  fuese^ 

Tib  fueras  or  fueseSj 

El  fuera  or  fuese^ 

Nosotros  fueramos  or  fuesemos^ 

Vosotros  fuerais  or  fiieseisj 

Ellos  fueran  or  fuesen^ . 


o 


First  Conditional  Past. 
Yo  hahria  sido,    .         .         .1  should  have  been. 
Tu  habrias  sido,   .         .         .  thou   wouldst   have 

been. 


58 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


JEl  hahria  sido^ 
JVosotros  hahriamos  sido^ 
Vosotros  habriais  sido,  . 
Silos  halrian  sido^ 


he  would  have  been, 
we  should  have  been, 
you  would  have  been, 
they  would  have 
been. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Past. 

Si  or  cuandoj    .... 

Yo  huhiera  or  huhiese  sido, 

Tu  kuhieras  or  hubieses  sido, 

El  hubiera  or  hubiese  sido, 

JVosotros  hubieramos  or  hubiesemos  sido 

Vosotros  hubierais  or  hubieseis  sido, 

Ellos  hubieran  or  kubiesen  sido,  . 


to 

O 


r^      r^ 


Future  Conjunctive   Simple. 


Si  or  cuandoj 
Yofuere,     . 
Tu  fueres,  . 
£■/  fuere, 

JVosotros  fueremoSy 
Vosotros  fuereis,  . 
Ellos  fueren, 


.  If  or  when. 

.  I  be  or  shall  be. 

.  thou  wilt  be. 

.  he  will  be. 

.  we  shall  be. 

.  you  will  be. 

.  they  will  be. 


Future  Conjunctive 


Si  or  cuandoy 
Yo  hubiere  sido. 


If  or  when. 
I  have  been. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


59 


Tu  huhieres  sido,  . 
El  huhiere  sido^     . 
I^osotros  hulieremos  sidoj 
Vosotros  huliereis  sido,  . 
Ellos  hubieren  sidoj 


.  thou  wilt  have  been. 
.  he  will  have  been. 
.  we  shall  have  been. 
.  you  will  have  been. 
.  they  will  have  been. 


Se  tu^ . 
Sea  e/, 

Seamos  nosotros, 
Sed  vosotros  J 
Sean  ellosj    . 


IMPERATIVE. 

Present  or  Future. 

.  be  thou. 
.  let  him  be. 
.  let  us  be. 
.  be  you. 
.  let  them  be. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Yo  sea, 
Tu  seas. 
El  sea, 

Nosotros  seamos, 
Vosotros  seals, 
Ellos  sean,    . 


Yo  fuese, 
Tufueses, 


Present. 


I  may  be. 
.  thou  mayst  be. 
.  he  may  be. 
.  we  may  be. 
.  you  may  be. 
.  they  may  be. 


Imperfect. 


I  might  be. 
thou  mightest  be. 


60 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Elfuese,       .         .         .          . 

he  might  be. 

Nosotros  fmsemos. 

we  might  be. 

Vosotros  fueseisy    . 

you  might  be. 

£llos  fueseTij 

,  they  might  be. 

Preterite. 

Yo  haya  sido, 

I  may  have  been. 

Tu  hay  as  sido. 

thou     mayst     have 

been. 

El  haya  sido, 

he  may  have  been. 

Nosotros  hayamos  sido,  . 

we  may  have  been. 

Vosotros  hayais  sido. 

•  you  may  have  been. 

Ellos  hay  an  sido,  . 

they  may  have  been. 

Pluperfect 

• 

Yo  hubiese  sido,     . 

I  might  have  been. 

Tu  hubieses  sido,   . 

thou  mightest  have 

been. 

El  hubiese  sido,     . 

he  might  have  been. 

Nosotros  hubiesemos  sido, 

we  might  have  been. 

Vosotros  hubicseis  sido,  . 

you  might  have  been. 

Ellos  hubiesen  sido, 

they     might      have 

been. 

INFINITIVE 

'" 

Present.       EsIojT, 

to  be. 

Preterite.     Haber  estado. 

to  have  been. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


61 


Gerund.       Ustando, 
Participle.   Ustadoj 


being, 
been. 


INDICATIVE. 


Present. 


Estoy,  . 

.  I  am. 

JEstas^  . 

.  thou  art. 

Estcb^     . 

.  he  is. 

Estamos^ 

.  we  are. 

Estais^  . 

.  you  are. 

Estan^  . 

.  they  are. 
Imperfect. 

Estala, 

.  I  was. 

Estahas^ 

.  thou  wast. 

Est  aha  ^ 

.  he  was. 

Estaba?)ioSj 

.  we  were. 

Estabaisy 

.  you  were. 

EstabaUj 

.  they  were. 

Preterite  Definite. 

Estuve, 

. 

.  I  was. 

Estuviste, 

. 

.  thou  wast. 

Estuvo, 

, 

.  he  was. 

EstuvimoSj    . 

. 

.  we  were. 

62 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


SLStUVlSU 

lis,    . 

. 

.  you  were. 

Estuvieri 

on,   . 

• 

.  they  were. 

Preterite  Indefinite. 

Yo  he, 

estaclo, 

.  I  have  been. 

Tu  has, 

estado. 

.  thou  hast  been. 

El  ha, 

estado. 

.  he  has  been. 

Nosotros 

hcmos, 

estado. 

.  we  have  been. 

Vosotros 

haheis. 

estado. 

.  you  have  been. 

Ellos  han, 

estado. 

.  they  have  been, 

Preterite  Anterior. 
Yo  hule,  estado,   .  I  had  been. 

Tu  huhiste,  estado,    .  thou   wouldst    have 

been. 
El  hulo,  estado,    .  he  had  been. 

Nosotros  hubimos,       estado,    .  we  had  been. 
Vosotros  hubisteis,      estado,    .  you  had  been. 
Ellos  hubieron. 


estado,   .  they  had  been. 


Plujperfed. 


Yo  habia, 
Tu  hahias. 
El  hahia, 

Nosotros  habiamos, 
Vosotros  habiais, 
Ellos  habian^ 


estado, 
estado, 
estado, 
estado, 
estado, 
estado^ 


I  had  been, 
thou  hadst  been, 
he  had  been, 
we  had  been, 
you  had  been. 
they  had  been. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


63 


Future  Absolute. 

Estare^ 

.  I  shall  be. 

E star  as  ^ 

.  thou  wilt  be. 

Estara^ 

.  he  will  be. 

EstaremoSj 

.  we  shall  be. 

EstareiSj 

.  you  will  be. 

EstaraUj 

.  they  will  be. 

Future  Anterior. 

Yo  halre^ 

est  ado  J   .  I  shall  have  been. 

Tu  habras^ 

estadoj    .  thou  wilt  have  been 

El  hahra^ 

estado,   .  he  will  have  been. 

Nosotros  hahremos^     estado^    .  we  shall  have  been. 

Vosotros  hair 

dsj        estado^    .  you  will  have  been. 

Ellos  halran^ 

cstadoj    .  they  will  have  been. 

CONDITIONAL. 

First  Conditional  Present. 


Estaria  or  estuviera^ 

EstariaSj 

Estaria, 

Estariamos, 

EstariaiSj 

Estarian. 


I  should  be. 
thou  wouldst  be. 
he  would  be. 
we  should  be. 
you  would  be, 
they  would  be. 


64 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


SecoQul  and  Third  Conditionals  Present 

Si  or  cuandoj 
£Jstuviera  or  estuviese^  . 
^stiivieras  or  estitvieseSj  . 
Sstuviera  or  estuviesej  . 
Estiivitravios  or  eskoviesemoSj  . 
Mstuvierais  or  estuvieseisj 
EstiLvieran  or  estuviesen^ 

First  Conditional  Past. 


O      -5 


Yb  hahria^  estado^ 

Tu  hahrias^  estadoy 

El  habriaj  est  ado, 

Nosotros  kabriamos,  estado, 
Vosotros  habriais,       estado^ 


Ellas  kabriaUj 


estado  J 


I  should  have  been, 
thou   wouldst   have 

been, 
he  would  have  been, 
we  should  have  been, 
you  would  have  been, 
they     would     have 

been. 


Second  a^id  Third  Conditionals  Past 
Si  or  cuandoj    ..... 
Yo  hubiera  or  hubiese,  estado, 

Tu  hubieras  or  hubieses,  estado, 

El  hubiera  or  hitbiese,  estado, 

Nosotros  kuhieramos  or  hiibiese- 

■mos,  estado, 

Vosotros  hubicrais  or  hubieseis,    estado, 
Ellos  hubieran  or  hubiesen,  estado. 


O        S-. 


rO       ^ 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


65 


Future  Conjunctive  Simple. 


Si  or  cuandoj 
JSstuvierey     . 
EstuviereSy  . 
JEstuviere,     . 
JEstuvieremoSj 
Estuviereis^ 
Estuvieren,  . 


.  If  or  when. 

.  I  be  or  shall  be. 

.  thou  wilt  be. 

.  he  will  be. 

.  we  shall  be. 

.  you  will  be. 

.  they  will  be. 


Future  Conjunctive  Co7njpound, 
Si  or  cuandoy       .         .         .  If  or  when. 


Yo  huUere,  estado 

Tu  hubip-es,  estado 

El  hubierey  estado 

Nosotros  hubieremoSj  estado 
Vosotros  kubiereisj  estado 
Ellos  hubieren.  estado 


.  I  have  been. 
.  thou  wilt  have  been. 
.  he  will  have  been. 
.  we  shall  have  been. 
.  you  will  have  been. 
.  they  will  have  been. 


Est  a  tUy 
Este  el, 

Estemos  nosotros, 
Est  ad  vosotros, 
Esten  ellos,  . 

3 


IMPERATIVE. 

Present  or  Future, 

.  be  thou. 
.  let  him  be. 
.  let  us  be. 
.  be  you. 
.  let  them  be. 


66 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR, 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Present. 


Este,   . 

I  may  be. 

Estes^ . 

thou  mayest  be. 

Este,   . 

he  may  be. 

Estemos, 

we  may  be. 

Esteisj 

you  may  be. 

Esten, . 

Imperfect 

they  may  be. 

Esiuviesej     . 

I  might  be. 

EstuvieseSj   . 

thou  mightest  be. 

Estuviese,     . 

he  might  be. 

EstuviesemoSj 

we  might  be. 

Estuvieseisj  . 

you  might  be. 

Estuvieseiiy  . 

Preterite 

they  might  be. 

Yo  hay a, 

estadoj    . 

I  may  have  been. 

Tu  hay as  J 

est  ado  J    . 

thou     mayst     have 
been. 

El  haya^ 

estado,    . 

he  may  have  been. 

Nosotros  hayamos 

,     estado,    . 

we  may  have  been. 

Vosotros  hayais^ 

est  ado,    . 

you  may  have  been. 

Ellos  hayan, 

estadoy    . 

they  may  have  been. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


67 


Plujperfed, 


Yo  hubiese. 

estadoj 

.  I  might  have  been. 

Tu  hubieses, 

estado, 

.  thou  mightest  have 
been. 

El  hubiese, 

estado, 

.  he  might  have  been. 

Nosotros  kubiesemos. 

,  est  a  do, 

.  we  might  have  been. 

Vosotros  kubieseisj 

estado, 

.  you  might  have  been. 

Ellas  huhiesen^ 

estadoj 

.  they  might  have 
been. 

REGULAR  VERBS  ACTIVE. 

There  are  three  conjugations  of  regular  verbs. 
The  first  has  a  before  the  final  r,  viz  :  Amar^  to 
love,  thus  conjugated  : 

INFINITIVE. 

Present.       Ama?-,         .  .  to  love. 

Preterite.     Ilaber  amando,  .  to  have  loved. 

G-erund.       Aviando.      .  .  lovino^. 

Participle.  Amado,        .  .  loved. 


[NDICATIVE. 

Present. 


Yo  amOj 
Tu  amas^     . 


.  I  love  or  do  love. 
.  thou  lovest. 


68 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


El  ama, 

Wosofros  amamos^ 
Vosotros  amais^  . 
Ellos  amaUj 


Yo  amaha,  . 
Tu  amahas^ 
El  amaha,    . 
Kosotros  amahavioSj 
Vosotros  amahaisj 
Ellos  amahan. 


.  he  loves. 
.  we  love. 
.  you  love. 
.  they  love. 


Imperfect. 


.  I  did  love. 

.  thou  didst  love. 

.  he  did  love. 

.  we  did  love. 

.  you  did  love. 

.  they  did  love. 


Preterite  Definite. 


Yo  ame., 
Tu  amastej  . 
El  «mc», 

Kosotros  amamos, 
Vosotros  amasteis^ 
Ellos  a?7iaronj 


.  I  loved. 
.  thou  lovedst. 
.  he  loved. 
.   we  loved. 
.  you  loved, 
.  they  loved. 


Yo  he  amado, 
Tu  has  amadoj     . 
El  ha  amado^ 
JVosotros  hemos  amado., 
Vosotros  hahcis  ainado^ 


Preterite  Indefinite. 

.  I  have  loved. 


thou  hast  loved, 
he  has  loved, 
we  have  loved, 
you  have  loved. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


69 


Preterite  Anterior. 


Yo  hule  amado^    . 
Tu  huhiste  amado, 
El  huho  amadoj    . 
Nosotros  huhimos  amado^ 
Vosotros  huhisteis  amado^ 
Ellos  huhieron  amado^   . 


.  I  had  loved. 
.  thou  hadst  loved. 
.  he  had  loved. 
.  we  had  loved. 
.  you  had  loved. 
.  they  had  loved. 


Plujperfect. 


Yo  habicb  amado^  . 
Tu  halias  amado^ 
El  hahia  amado^  . 
JVosotros  hahiamos  amado^ 
Vosotros  habiais  amadOj 
Ellos  habian  amado^ 


.  I  had  loved. 
.  thou  hadst  loved. 
.  he  had  loved. 
.  we  had  loved. 
.  you  had  loved. 
.  they  had  loved. 


Future  Absolute. 


Yo  amare^    . 
Tu  amaraSj 
El  amara^   . 
JVosotros  amaremoSy 
Vosotros  amareisy 
Ellos  amaran. 


.  I  shall  love. 
.  thou  wilt  love. 
.  he  will  love. 
.  we  shall  love. 
.  you  will  love. 
.  they  will  love. 


70 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Future  Anterior. 


Yo  hahre  amado^  . 
Tu  kabras  amadoj 
El  hahra  amado^    . 
Nosotros  hahremos  amado^ 
Vosotros  hahreis  amado^ 
Ellos  hahran  amado,     . 


I  shall  have  loved, 
thou  wilt  have  loved, 
he  will  have  loved, 
we  shall  have  loved, 
you  will  have  loved, 
they  will  have  loved. 


CONDITIONALS. 


First  Conditional  Present. 


Yo  amaria  or  amara^ 
Tu  amarias.^ 
El  amaria^  . 
JYosotros  amariamoSj 
Vosotros  amariaisy 
Ellos  amarian. 


.  I  should  love. 
.  thou  wouldst  love. 
.  he  would  love. 
.  we  should  love. 
.  you  would  love. 
.  they  would  love. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present 


Si  or  cuandoj 

. 

.  If  or  though. 

Yo  amaraj  or 

amase, 

.  I  should  love. 

Tu  amarasj 

amasesy 

.  thou  wouldst  love, 

El  amara, 

amasey 

.  he  would  love. 

Nosotros  amara- 

■  mos. 

amasemos. 

we  should  love. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


71 


Yosotros  amaraiSy 
Mlos  amaran^ 


amaseis^ 
amasen, 


you  would  love, 
thev  would  love. 


First  Conditional  Present. 
Yo  halria  or  huhiera  amado.     I  should  have  loved. 


Tu  habrias  amado^ 

.  thou   wouldst    have 

loved. 

El  hahria  amado ^ . 

.  he  would  have  loved. 

Nosotros  hahriamos  amado ^ 

.  we      should      have 

loved. 

Vosotros  kahriais  amado^ 

.  you     would      have 

loved. 

Ellos  hahrian  amado ^ 

.  they     would     have 

loved. 

Second  and  Third   Conditionals  Past. 

Si  or  cuando^    . 

.          -1 

1  '3 

Yo  huhiera  or             hwbiese  amado ^     . 

Tu  hubieraSj               hubieses  amado,    . 

El  huhiera,                 hubiese  amado,      . 

(-1                t*- 

Nosotros  hubieramos,  hubiesemos  amado, 

2         o 

Vosotros  huhierais,     htibiesei. 

•  amado,  . 

^    >    1 

o     o     !5 

Ellos  huhieran,           hubiesen  amado,   . 

Future  Conjunctive  Simple. 

Si  or  cuando,        .       '  .  .  If  or  when 

Yo  amare,    . 


I  love  or  shall  love. 


72 


SPANISH    GKAMMAR. 


Tu  amareSj 
El  amarCj     . 
JVosoiros  amaremoSj 
Vosotros  amareis^ 
Ellos  amaren^ 


Future  Coiijitnc'tive 

Si  or  civandoy 

Yo  huhiere  amado^ 

Tu  hubieres  a?nado, 

El  huhiere  amado^ 

Nosotros  hithieremos  amadoj  . 

Vosotros  hubiercis  amado^ 

Ellos  huhieren  amado.    . 


.  thou  wilt  love. 

.  he  will  love. 

.  we  shall  love. 

.  you  will  love. 

.  they  will  love. 

Comj>ound. 

If  or  when. 
I  will  have  loved, 
thou  wilt  have  loved, 
be  will  have  loved, 
we  shall  have  loved, 
you  will  have  loved, 
they  will  have  loved. 


Ama  tUj 
Aine  el, 

Amernos  nosotros^ 
A^mad  vosotros, 
Amen  ellos,  . 


IMPERATIVE. 

Present  or  Future, 

.  love  thou. 
.  let  him  love. 
.  let  us  love. 
.  love  ye. 
.  let  them  love. 


Yo  ame. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

.  I  may  love. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


73 


Tit  ames^ 
El  ame^ 

Nowtros  amemos, 
Vosotros  ameis, 
Elloi  amen.  . 


Yo  amase^    . 
Til  amaseSj  . 
El  amase^     . 
JSFosotros  aviasemos^ 
Vosotros  amaseisj 
JEllos  amasen. 


thou  majst  loTe. 
he  may  love, 
we  may  love, 
you  may  love, 
they  may  love. 


Imj^erfcct. 


.  I  might  love. 
.  thou  mightest  love. 
.  he  might  love. 
.  we  might  love. 
.  you  might  love. 
.  they  might  love. 


Preterite. 


Yo  haya  amado^    . 
Tu  hayas  amado^ . 

El  haya  amado^    . 
No$otros~  hayamos  amadoj 
Vosotros  hayais  amado^ . 
Ellos  hayan  amado^ 


.  I  may  have  loved. 
.  thou     mayst     have 

loved. 
.  he  may  have  lovecL 
.   we  may  have  loved, 
.  you  may  have  loved. 
. '  they  may  have  loved. 


Plujperfect. 


Yo  huhiese  amado^ 
Tu  hubieses  amadoy 


I  might  have  loved, 
thou  mightest  have 
loved. 


74 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


El  hithiese  avvtdo^  .  .  he  might  have  loved. 

Nosotros  huhiesemos  amndo^    .  we  might  have  loved. 
Vosotros  hiihieseis  araado^         .  you      might      have 

loved. 
EUos  hubicsen  amado^    .  .  they     might     have 

loved. 

The  second  conjugation  consists  of  those  which 
Lave  e  before  the  final,  as,  temer^  tener,  etc. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present. 

Tem-er,       .         .  to  fear. 

Preterite. 

Haher  temido,      .  to  have  feared. 

Gerund. 

Temiendo,    .         .  fearing. 

Participle. 

Temido^       .         .  feared. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 

Yo  temo, 

.  I  fear. 

Tu  temes, 

.  thou  fearest. 

El  tcme, 

.  he  fears. 

Nosotros  tememoSy           .         .  we  fear. 

Vosotros  temcis^      .         .         .  you  fear. 

Ellos  temen 

,            ...  they  fear. 

Imperfect. 

Yo  temia. 

.  I  did  fear. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  75 

Tu  temiasj  .                   .  .  thou  didst  fear. 

El  temia^      .         .         .  .  he  did  fear. 

Nosotros  temiamos,         .  .  we  did  fear. 

Vosotros  temiaisj   .          .  .  you  did  fear. 

Ellos  Umian^         .         .  .  they  did  fear 

Preterite  Definite. 

Yo  temi,       .         .         .  .1  feared. 
Tu  temiste,  ....  thou  fearedst. 

M  temio,      .          .         .  .he  feared. 

Nosotros  temimoSj           .  .  we  feared. 

Vosotros  temisteisj           .  .  you  feared. 

Ellos  temieroiij      .         .  .  they  feared. 


Preterite  Indefinite. 


Yo  he  temidoj 
Til,  has  tcmido, 
El  ha  te?nido, 
Nosotros  hemos  temido, 
Vosotros  habeis  temido^ 
Ellos  han  temidoj  . 


I  have  feared, 
thou  hast  feared, 
he  has  feared, 
we  have  feared, 
you  have  feared, 
they  have  feared. 


Preterite  Anterior. 
Yo  hube  temido.,     .         .         .1  had  feared. 
Tu  hubiste  temido,  .         .  thou  hadst  feared. 

El  hubo  femidoj     .         .         .he  had  feared. 
Nosotros  hubimos  iemido.         .  we  had  feared. 


76 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Vosotros  hubisteis  temidoj 
JSllos  huhi&ron  te?nido.    . 


you  had  feared, 
they  had  feared. 


Pluferfed. 


Yo  hahia  temido^  . 
T\i  hahias  temido^ 
El  hahia  temido^  . 
Nosotr-os  hahiamos  temidoj 
Vosotros  kabiais  temidoj  . 
JEllos  habian  temido. 


I  had  feared, 
thou  hadst  feared, 
he  had  feared, 
we  had  feared, 
you  had  feared, 
they  had  feared. 


Future  Absolute. 


Yo  temere,    . 
Tu  temeraSj 
El  temera^  . 
Nosotros  tc?neremoSj 
Vosotros  temereis^ 
Ellos  temeran^ 


.  I  shall  fear. 

.  thou  wilt  fear. 

.  he  will  fear. 

.  we  shall  fear. 

.  you  will  fear. 

.  they  will  fear. 


Future  Anterior. 


Yo  hahre  temido^  . 
Tu  habras  temido^ 

El  hahra  temido,  . 
Nosotros  habremos  temidoj 


I  shall  have  feared, 
thou  wilt  have  fear- 
ed, 
he  will  have  feared, 
we  shall  have  feared. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


77 


Vosotros  hahreis  temido, 
Ellos  hahran  temidoy 


.  you  will  have  feared. 
.  they  will  have  fear- 
ed. 


CONDITIONAL. 


First  Conditional  Present. 


Yo  temeria  or  temiera, 
Tu  temeriaSj 
El  temeria^  . 
Nosotros  temeriamos, 
Vosotros  temeriaisj 
Ellos  temerian. 


I  should  fear, 
thou  wouldst  fear, 
he  would  fear. 
we  should  fear, 
you  would  fear, 
they  would  fear. 


Second  and   Third  Conditionals  Present. 


If  or  though. 
I  feared. 

thou  shouldst  fear, 
he  should  fear. 


Si  or  cuando, 

Yo  temiera  or  temiese, 

Tu  iemieras  or  temieses^ 

El  temiera  or  temiese^     . 

Nosotros  temieramos  or  temiese- 

mos,  .         .         .         .we  should  fear. 

Vosotros  temierais  or  temieseisj  you  should  fear. 
Ellos  temieran  or  temiesen,         they  should  fear. 

First  Conditional  Past. 


Yo  habria  or  huhiera  temido. 


I  should  have  fear- 
ed. 


78 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Tu  hahrias  temido^ 

thou   wouldst    have 

feared. 

El  hahria  temido, 

he  would  have  fear- 

ed. 

Nosotros  hahriamos  temido, 

we  should  have  fear- 

ed. 

Vosotros  hahriais  tcmidoj 

you  would  have  fear- 

.   ed. 

JEllos  habria/ii  temido^ 

they     would     have 

feared. 

Second  and   Third  Conditionals  Past. 

Yo  hubiera  or  hithiese  tejuido. 

•N 

13 

Til,  huUeras  or  huiieses  temido 

J          • 

H-<  -g  -2 

El  kuhiera  or  hithiese  iemido, 
JSfosotros  hubieramos  or  huliesemos  te- 

.w °  1 

o                c3 

mido^    .... 

+3    ""C    ^*-< 

Vosotros  hvMerais  or  huhieseis  temido,  . 

s  i  ^ 

Ellos  huhieran  or  huhiesen  temido, 

«2  ^ 

(—1 

Fiiture  Conjundii 

e   Simple. 

Si  or  cuando, 

If  or  when. 

Yo  temiere,  .... 

I  shall  fear. 

Tu  tcmieres, 

thou  wilt  fear. 

El  temiere,    .... 

he  will  fear. 

Nosotros  temieremos, 

we  shall  fear. 

Vosotros  temiereis, 

you  will  fear. 

Ellos  temieren, 

they  will 

fear. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


79 


Future  Conjunctive  Confpouiid. 


Si  or  aiandoj 
Yo  huhiere  temido^ 
Tu  hicbieres  temidoj 

El  huhiere  temido, 
Nosotros  huhieremos  temklo^ 

Vosotros  kuhiereis  temidoj 
Ellos  huhieren  temido^ 


If  or  when. 

I  have  feared. 

thou  wilt  have  fear- 
ed. 

he  will  have  feared. 

we  shall  have  fear- 
ed. 

you  will  have  feared. 

they  will  have  feared. 


Tcnie  tUj 
Tema  elj 

Temamos  nosotros, 
Temed  vosotros^  . 
Teman  ellos, 


IMPERATIVE. 

Present  or  FiUure.    ■ 

.  fear  thou. 
.  let  him  fear. 
.  let  us  fear. 
.  fear  ye. 
.  let  them  fear. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Present. 


Yo  tema, 
Tu  temas,    . 
El  tenia, 
Nosotros  tem^amos, 


I  may  fear, 
thou  mayst  fear, 
he  may  fear. 

we  iiiuy  fear. 


80                                 SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Vosotros  temaisy    . 

you  may  fear. 

Ellos  teman^ 

they  may  fear. 

Imjperfect 

Yo  temiese^   .... 

I  might  fear. 

Til  temicseSj 

thou  mightest  fear. 

El  te?niese^    .... 

he  might  fear. 

Nosotros  temicsemoSj 

we  might  fear. 

Vosotros  tcmieseis^ 

you  might  fear. 

Ellos  temtesenj 

they  might  fear. 

Ereterite 

Yo  hay  a  temidp,    . 

I  may  have  feared. 

Tit  hayas  te?}iido,  . 

thou     mayst     have 

feared 

El  hay  a  temido^    . 

he  may  have  feared. 

Nosotros  hayamos  te?nidoj 

we  may  have  feared. 

Vosotros  hayais  temido^  . 

you  may  have  fear- 

ed. 

Ellos  hayan  temido^ 

they  may  have  fear- 

ed. 

Plu^perfed 

Yo  huhiese  temido^ 

I  might  have  feared. 

Tv,  huhieses  iemido, 

thou  miorhtest  have 

feared. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  SI 

El  hiiliesc  tcmido,  .  .  he  might  have  fear- 

ed. 

Nosotros  huhie&evws  temidoj  ,  we  might  have  fear- 
ed. 

Vosotros  huhieseis  Umid^^  .  you  might  have  fear- 
ed. 

Ellos  huhicsen  iemido,    ,  .  they     might     have 

feared. 

The  third  and  last  conjugation  is  that  which  has 
i  in  the  final  syllable  of  the  infinitive,  viz.,  sufrir. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present.  Sufr-ir,      .  .  to  suffer. 

Preterite.  Haher  sufrido^  .  to  have  suffered. 

Gerund.  Swfriendo,  .  .  suffering. 

Participle.  Sii/ridOj      .  .  suffered. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 
Yo  sufrOj     .  .  .  .1  suffer. 


Tii  sufreSj  . 
El  sufre, 
JVosotros  sufrimos^ 
Ycsotj-cs  sufrisj     . 
Ellos  siifren^ 


.  thou  sufferest. 

he  suffers. 
.  we  suffer. 
.  you  suffer. 
.  they  suffer. 


82  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Imperfect. 

Yo  sufria^    .  .         ,         .1  did  suffer. 

Tu  sufrias,  ....  thou  didst  suffer. 
JEl  sufria,     .         .         .         .he  did  suffer. 
Nosotros  sufriamos^        .         .  we  did  suffer. 

Vosotros  sufriais,  .  .  .  you  did  suffer. 

Mlos  sufriaiij        .  .  .  they  did  suffer. 

Preterite  Definite. 

Yo  sufrij  .  .  .1  suffered. 

Tu  sitfristCj  .  .  .  thou  sufferedst. 

£■/  sufrioj     .  .  .  .  he  suffered. 

JVosotros  suf7-i}nos,  .  .  we  suffered." 

Vosotros  sufristeiSy  .  .  you  suffered. 

Ellos  sufrieron,     .  .  .  they  suffered. 

Preterite  Indefinite. 

Yo  he  sufrido,       .  ,  .1  have  suffered. 

Tu  has  sufridoj    .  .  .  thou  hast  suffered. 

JSl  ha  sufridoj      .  .  .he  has  suffered. 

Nosotros  hemos  sufrido,  .   we  have  suffered. 

Vosotros  haheis  sufrido^  .  you  have  suffered. 

Ellos  han  sufrido^         .  .  they  have  suffered. 

Preterite  Anterior. 
Yo  hule  sufridoy  .  .  .1  had  suffered. 

Tu  hubiste  sufrido,         .         .  thou  hadst  suffered. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


83 


JSl  hwbo  sufrido,    . 
Nosntros  hithimos  siifrido^ 
Vosotros  Juibisteis  siifrido^ 
JEUos  hulieron  sufrido^ 


.  he  had  suffered. 
.  we  had  suffered. 
.  you  had  suffered. 
.  they  had  suffered. 


Plujperfed. 


Yo  habia  sufrido^ 
Tu  habias  sufridoj 
El  habicb  sufrido^  . 
JVosotros  hahiamos  sufrido, 
Vosotros  habiais  sufrido^ 
Ellos  haiian  siifrido^     . 


Yo  sufrire, 
Tu  sufriras^ 
El  sufriray    . 
JS^osoiros  sufrire/)ioSy 
Vosotros  siifrireis, 
Ellos  sufriran^ 


Yo  habre  sufrido^  . 

Tu  hcibras  sufrido^ 

El  habra  sufridOj . 
JVosotros  kabremos  sufrido^ 


I  had  suffered, 
thou  hadst  suffered, 
he  had  suffered, 
we  had  suffered, 
you  had  suffered, 
they  had  suffered. 

Futicre  Absolute. 

.  I  shall  suffer. 

.  thou  wilt  suffer. 

.  he  will  suffer. 

.  we  shall  suffer. 

.  you  will  suffer. 

.  they  will  suffer. 
Future  Anterior. 

.  I    shall    have    suf- 
fered. 

.  thou  wilt  have  suf- 
fered. 

.  he  will  have  suffered. 

.  we    shall   have  suf- 
fered. 


81 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Vosotros  habreis  sufridoj  .  you  will  have  suf- 
fered. 

JSllos  hahran  sufrido^  .  .  they  will  have  suf- 
fered. 


CONDITIONAL. 

First  Conditional  Present. 


Yo  sufriria  or  sufriera, 
Tu  sufririaSj 
El  sufriria^  . 
JVosotros  sufririamos^ 
Vosotros  sufririaisj 
Ellos  sufririan^ 


.  I  should  suffer. 
.  thou  wouldst  suffer. 
.  he  would  suffer. 
.  we  should  suffer. 
.  you  would  suffer. 
.  they  would  suffer. 

Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present. 

Si  or  cuaii^o,         .         .         .If  or  though. 

Yo  sufriera  or  sufriese^ .         .  I  suffered. 

Tu  siifrieras  or  sufrieses^        .  thou  shouldst  suffer 

El  sufriera  or  sufriese,  .         .  he  should  suffer. 

JS'osotros  sufrieramos    or    su- 

fricsemos^   .... 
Vosotros  sufrierais  or   sufrie- 

seis^  ..... 
Ellos  siifricran  or  sufriesen^  . 

First  Conditional  Past. 

Yo  habria  or  Auhiera  sufrido,  I    should    have  suf- 
fered. 


we  would  suffer. 

you  should  suffer, 
they  should  suffer. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Tu  habrias  siifrido, 
El  hair  id  swfrido^ 
Kosotros  halriamos  sufrido 
Vosotros  hahriais  sufrido, 
Ellos  hahrian  sufrido,    . 


85 


thou  wouldst  have 
suffered. 

he  would  have  suf- 
fered. 

we  should  have  suf- 
fered. 

you  would  have  suf- 
fered. 

they  would  have  suf- 
fered. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Past 

Si  or  cuando,     .... 
Yo  huhiera  or  huhiese  sufrido, 
Tu  huhicras  or  huhieses  sufrido,  . 
El  huhiera  or  huhiese  sufrido, 
Nosotros  huhieramos  or  huhiesemos  su 

frido, 

Vosotros  huhierais  or  huhieseis  sufrido, 
Ellos  huhieran  or  huhiesen  sufrido. 


g  O      r^ 

O  <D 

-  -Si 

O  ,<^      !^ 


Future  Conjunctive  Si?nple. 
Si  or  cuando,         .         .         .  If  or  when. 
Yo  sufriere,  .  .  .         .1  suffer. 

Tu  sufrieres,  .         .         .  thou  wilt  suffer. 

El  sufriere,  .         .         .  .he  will  suffer. 

Nosotros  sufrieremos,      .  .  we  shall  suffer. 


86  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Vosotros  sufricreisj         .  .  you  will  suffer. 

£Ilos  sufnercTij      .         .         .  they  will  suffer. 

Future  Conjunctive  Compound. 

Si  or  cuandoy         .         .         .  If  or  when, 

Yo  huhiere  snfrido^  .  .  I  shall  have  suf- 
fered. 

Tu  huhieres  sufrido,  .  .  thou  wilt  have  suf- 
fered. 

El  huhiere  sufrido^  .         .he    will    have    suf- 

fered. 

Nosotros  hubieremos  sufrido^  .  we  shall  have  suf- 
fered. 

Vosotros  hiihiereis  sufridoj  .  you  will  have  suf- 
fered. 

Ullos  kuhieren  sufrido,  .  .they  will  have  suf- 
fered. 


IMPERATIVE. 


Present  or  Future. 


Sufre  tiOj 
Sufra  el  J 
Suframos  niosotros 
Sibfrid  vosotros^ 
Sufran  ellos. 


.  suffer  thou. 
.  let  him  suffer. 
.  let  us  suffer. 
.  suffer  you. 
.  let  them  suffer. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


S7 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Present, 


Yo  sufra^ 
Tib  siifraSj     . 
JEl  sitfra, 
Nosotros  suframoSj 
Vosotros  sufraiSj     . 
Ellos  sufraUj 


.  I  may  suffer. 
.  thou  mayst  suffer. 
.  he  may  suffer. 
.  we  may  suffer. 
.  you  may  suffer. 
.  they  may  suffer. 


Tmpej-fect. 


Yo  sufriese^  . 
Tu  sufrieses^ . 
Msufriese,     : 
Nosotros  sufriesemos, 
Vosotros  sufrieseiSj . 
£Jllos  sufriesen^ 


.  I  might  suffer. 
.  thou  mightest  suffer. 
.  he  might  suffer. 
.  we  might  suffer. 
.  you  might  suffer. 
.  they  might  suffer. 


Preterite. 


.  I  may  have  suffered. 

.  thou  mayst  have  suf- 
fered. 

.  he   may   have    suf- 
fered. 
Nosotros  hayamos  svfrido^     .  we   may   have    suf- 

fered> 


Yo  hay  a  sufrido,  . 
Tu  hay  as  sufrido^ . 

El  haya  sufrido^    . 


88  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Vosotj'os  hayais  sufrido,  .  you  may  have  suf- 
fered. 

Ullos  hayan  sufrido^  .  .  they  may  have  suf- 
fered. 

Pluperfect. 

Yo  hubiese  sufrido^  .  .  I  might  have  suf- 
fered. 

Ta  huhieses  sufrido,       .         .  thou  mightest  have 

suffered. 

El  hubiese  sufridoj  .  .  he  might  have  suf- 
fered. 

Nosotros  hubiesemos  sufrido,  .  we  might  have  suf- 
fered. 

Vosotros  hubieseis  sufridoj  .  you  might  have  suf- 
fered. 

Ellos  kubiesen  sufridoj  .  .  they  might  have  suf- 
fered. 


REGULAR   VERBS   PASSIVE. 

The    following   is    a    paradigm    of   the    passive 
verbs  : 

INFINITIVE. 

Prese7it. 
Ser  amad-o  or  a,  os  or  as^      .  to  be  loved. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Preterite. 


89 


Haher  sido  amad-o  or  «,  os  or 

asj to  haye  been  loved. 

Fartidjple  Present. 
Siendo  amad-o  or  a,  os  or  «s,  being  loved. 

Participle  Past. 

Habiendo  sido  amad-o  or  a^  os 

or  as  J         .        .         .         .  having  been  loved. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 

To  soy,  tu  eres,  el  or  ella  es  I  am,  thou  art,  he 
amado  or  amada^  or  she  is  loved. 

Nosotr-os  or  as  somos,  vosotr-  We    are,    you   are, 
OS  or  as  sois,  ellos  or  eilas  son       they  are  loved. 
amad-os  or  as. 

Imjperfect. 

Yd  era,  tu  eras,  el  or  ella  era  I  was,  thou  wast,  he 
amado  or  amada.  or  she  was  loved. 

Nosotr-os  or  as  eramos,  vosotr-  We  were,  you  were, 
os  or  as  erais,  ellos  or  ellas       they  were  loved. 
eran  amados  or  amadas. 


90  SPANISH    GRAMMAR, 


Preterite  Dejimte. 

To  fui^  tu  fuisic,  el  or  ella  fue  I  was,  thou  wast,  he 
amado  or  amada^  or  she  was  loved. 

Nosotr-os  or  as  fuimos^  xo^otr-  We  were,  you  were, 
OS  or  as  fuisteis^  cllos  or  ellas       they  were  loved. 
fueron  amados  or  amadas. 

Preferite  Indefinite. 

Yo  Ae,  tu  has^  el  or  ella  ha  sido  I  have,  thou  hast,  he 
amado  or  amada.  or  she    has   been 

loved. 

Nosotr-os  or  <2S  hemos^  vosotr-  We  have,  you  have, 
OS  or  fls  habeisj  ellos  or  e//«s  they  have  been 
han  sido  amados  ov  amadas^        loved. 

Preterite  Anterior. 

Yo  huhe,  tu  huhiste,  el  or  ella  Ihad,  thouhadst,  he 
hubo  sido  amado  or  amada^        or  she   had  been 

loved. 

Nosotr-os  or  as  hubimos,  voso-  We    had,  you  had, 
tr-os  or  <25  hubisteisj  ellos  or       they     nad     been 
dlas  hiibieron  sido  amados       loved. 
or  amadas. 

Plwperfcct. 
Yo  habia^  tu  kabias,  el  or  ella  1  had,  thou  hadst. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  91 

halia  sido  amad-o  or  a.  he    or     she    had 

been  loved. 
Nosotr-os  or  as  hahiamos,  voso-  We  had,  you  had, 
tr-os  or  as  haliais^  ellos  or       they     had     been 
ellas  kalian  sido  amados  or       loved. 
amadas. 

Future  Absolute. 
Yo  sere,  tu  seras,  el  or  ella  sera  I  shall  be,  thou  wilt 
amad-o  or  a.  be,  he  or  she  will 

be  loved. 
Nosotros  seremos,  vosotros  se-  We    shall    be,   you 
reisj  ellos  or  ellas  seran  a~       will  be,  they  wiU 
mad-os  or  as.  be  loved. 

Future  Anterior. 
Yo  hahre,  tu  hahras,  el  or  ella  I    shall   have,  thou 
halra  sido  amad-o  or  a.  wilt  have,   he  or 

she  will  have  been 

loved. 

Nosotr-os  ov  as  hahremos,  voso-  "We  shall  have,  you 

tr-os  or  as  habreis,  ellos  or       will    have,    they 

ellas  habran  sido  amad-os  or       will    have     been 

as.  loved. 

CONDITIONAL. 

First  Conditional  Present. 
Yo  seria  or  fuera,  tu  serias,  I    should    be,  thou 


92 


SPANISH    GRAMMA.;. 


el  or  dla  seria  amad-o  or  a. 


Nosotr-os  or  as  seriamos^  voso- 
tr-os  or  as  serials,  ellos  or 
ellas  serian  amad-os  or  as. 


wouldst  be,  he  or 
she  would  be  lov- 
ed. 
We  should  be,  you 
would  be,  they 
would  be  loved. 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Present. 


Si  or  cuandoj         .... 
Yo  fuera  or  fuese,  tu  fueras  or  fii- 

esesj  el  or  ella  fuera  or  fuese  a- 

mad'O  or  a,        . 
Nosotr-os  or  as  fueramos  or  fiiese- 

moSj    vosotr-os   or   as  fuerais   or 

fueseis,    ellos    or   ellas  fueran    or 

fuesen  amad-os  or  as. 


If  or  though 
I  were  lov- 
ed, or  I 
should  be 
loved,  etc. 


First  Conditional  Past 


Yo  hahria  or  hiibiera,  tio  Jm-  I  should  have,  thou 

would^it  have,  he 


hrias,  el  or  ella  hahria  sido 
amad-o  or  a. 

Nosotr-os  or  as  habriamos,  vo- 
sotr-os or  as  hahriais.,  ellos 
or  ellas  hahrian  sido  amad- 
os  or  as. 


or  she  would  have 
been  loved. 
We  should  have, 
you  would  have, 
they  would  have 
been  loved. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


93 


Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Past. 

Si  or  cuando^ 

Yo  hubiera  or  /mbiese,  tu  hubieras  or 

hubieses^  el  or  ella  hubiera  or  hu- 

biese  sido  amad-o  or  a,     - 
IVosotr.-os  or  as  hubieramos  or  hubi- 

esemos^  vosotr-os  or  as  hubierais  or 

kubieseis^  cllos  or  ellas  hubieran  or 

hubiesen  sido  amad-os  or  fts, 


o  ^ 

a  cs 

c3  |=!      t) 

^  O     -u 

I— I  CC  _ 


o    ^    ^ 


Future  Conjunctive  Simjple. 

Si  or  cuandoy 

Yo  fuere,  tu  fueres^  el  or  ella  fuere 

amad-o  or  a,  ?3 

JVosotr-os  or  «s  fuercmoSj  vosotr-os  [   ^ 

or  fl-s  fuereis^  ellos  or  eZ/rzs  fueren 

amad-os  or  fls, 


I— I     a> 

■si 


Future  Conjunctive  Comjpound. 

Si  or  cua'iidoj 

Yo  hubiere,  tu  hubieres^  el  or  e//ti  hu- 

biere  sido  amad-o  or  a, 
J^osotr-os  or  «s  hubieremos^  vosotr-os 

or  rt5  hubiereis,  ellos  or  eZ/as  hubie- 

ren  sido  amados  or  a^, 


o 

i_i 

fl 

> 

o 

^ 

o 

^ 

o 

rO 

h— 1 

•TS 

o 

o 

t> 

fl 

> 

C3 

o 

o^ 

,J5 

'i: 

j3 

; — ; 

a 

rt 

94  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


IMPERATIVE. 

Se  amad-o  or  «,    .  .  .  be  thou  loved. 

Sea  amad-o  or  «^,  .  .  .  let  him  be  loved. 

Seainos  amad-os  or  as^  .  .  let  us  be  loved. 

Sed  amad-os  or  as,  .  .  be  ye  loved. 

Sean  amad-os  or  «s,  •,  .  let  them  be  loved. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

Yo  sea,  tu  seas,  el  or  ella  sea  I  may  be,  thou 
amad-o  or  a,  mayst    be,   he  or 

she  may  be  loved. 

JVosotr-os  or  as  seamos,  voso-  We  may  be,  you 
tr-os  or  as  seals,  ellos  or  ellas  may  be,  they  may 
sean  amad-os  or  as,  be  loved. 

Imjperfect. 

Yo  fuese,  tu  fueses,  el  or  ella  I  might  be,  thou 
fuese  amad-o  or  a,  mightest    be,   he 

or  she    might  be 
loved. 
Nosotr-os  ox  as  fuesemos,voso-  We   might  be,  you 
tr-os  or  as  fueseis,  ellos  or       might    be,    they 
ellas  fuesen  amad-os  or  as,  might  be  loved. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  95 

Preterite. 

Yo  haya^  tu  hayas^  el  or  ella  I    may    have,    tiiou 
haya  sido  amad-o  or  fl,  majst    have,    he 

or  she  may  have 

been  loved. 

JVosotr -OS  or  as  hayamos J  voso-  We  may  have,  you 

tr-os  or  as  hayais,  ellos  or       may    have,    they 

cllas  hay  an  sido  amad-o  or       may    have    been 

as,  loved. 

Pluperfect. 
Yo  hubiese,  tu  hubieses ^  el  or  I  might  have,  thou 
ella  hubiese  sido   amad-o       mightest  have,  he 
or  a,  or  she  might  have 

been  loved. 
Nosotr-os  or  as  liubiesemos^  "We  might  have,  you 
vosotr-os  or    as  JLubieseis^       might   have,  they 
ellos  or  ellas  Jiubiesen  sido       might  have  been 
amad-os  or  as.  loved. 

The  neuter  verbs  end  with  the  regular  termina- 
tions of  the  active  voice,  but  form  the  compound 
tenses  by  the  verb  haber  and  their  participle  past ; 
which  is  never  varied,  by  number  or  gender. 

The  following  is  a  paradigm  of  a  neuter  verb  : 

IXFINtTIVE. 

Present.       Lie  gar  ^      .         .To  arrive. 


96  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Preterite. 

Haher  llegado^   . 

To  have  arrived. 

Gerund. 

LlegandOj 

Arriving. 

Participle. 

Lie g ado  ^    . 

Arrived, 

INDICATIVE, 

Present, 

Lleg-o^  as 

,  a^  a??ioSj  a?tj 

I  arrive,  &e. 

I/?ipe?fect. 
Lleg-aba,  abas^aba^adamos^  I  did  arrive,  &c. 
abaiSy  aban^ 

'Preterite  definite. 
Lleg-ue^  aste^  d,  omios^  as-  I  arrived,  &c. 


Preterite  indefinite. 
He  llegado^         .  .  ,1  have  arrived. 

Has  llcgadOj 
Ha  llegado^ 
Hemos  Uegado^  . 
Habeis  llegado^ 
Han  lies  ado  ^ 


.  thou  hast  arrived. 
.  he  has  arrived. 
.  we  have  arrived. 
.  you  have  arrived. 
.  they  have  arrived. 


Preterite  anterior. 
HubCy  hubistc^  hubo^  huhi-  I    had,    thou  hadst, 
mo5,    hubisteiSj    hubiercn     he   or  she    had,  we 
llegadoy  had,  you  hud,  they 

had  arrived. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  97 

Pluperfect. 
Habia^  hahias^  hahia.^  liahia-  I  had,  thou  hast,  he 
77Z05,   habiais^  habian  lie-       or    she    had,   we 
gado^  had,  you  had,  they 

had  arrived. 

Future  absolute. 

Lleg-are^  aras^  ara^  aremos,  I  shall  or  will  ar- 
a7'eis   aran^  rive,  &c. 

Future  anterior. 

Habre.^  habras^  habra^  ha-  I  shall  have,  thou 
bremos^  habreis.^  habran  wilt  have,  he  or 
llegado.^  she  will  have,  we 

shall  have,  you 
will  have,  they 
will  have  arrived. 

COXDITIONAL. 

First  conditional  present. 
Lleg-aria  or  lleg-ara.^  arias ^  I  should   or   would 
aria  ariamos.^  ariais^  ari-       arrive,  &c. 
an. 

Second  and  third  conditionals  present. 
Si  or  cuanda, 

Lleg^ara  OT  036^  ar as  or  ases^  If,  or  though,  I  ar 
4 


93  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

ara  or  ase^  rived     or    should 

arrive,  &c. 
Lleg-aramos   or  asemos^  a-  If ,  or  though,  we  ar- 
rais  or  aseis,  aran  or  asen^       rived,   or   should 

arrive,  &c. 

First  conditional  past. 

Hahria  or  huhiera^  habrias^  I  should  have,  thou 
habria^  habriamos^  habri-  wouldst  have,  he 
az5,  habrian  Ihgado^  or  she  would  have, 

we  should  have, 
you  would  have, 
they  would  have 
arrived. 

Second  a%id  third  conditionals  past. 

Si  or  cuando, 

Hubiera  or  hubiese,  hubieras  If,  or  though,  I  had 
or  hubieses^  huhiera  or  hu-  or  should  have 
biese^  arrived,  &c. 

Hubieiamos  or  kubiesemos^  If,  or  though,  we 
hubierais  or  hubieseis^  hu-  had  or  should 
hieran  ov hubiesen  llegado^       have  arrived,  &c. 

Future  conjmictive  simple. 
Si,  or  c2ia?tdo, 

Lleg-are^  ares^  are^  aremos^  If,  or  when,  I  arrive, 
areis^  aren^  or  shall  arrive,  &c. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  99 

Future  conjunctive  compouna. 

Si,  or  cuanclo, 

Hiibiere,  hubieres,  hubiere^  If,  or  when,  I  have 
liubieremos,  hubiereis^  hu-  or  shall  have  ar- 
bierein  llegado.  rived,  &c.,  if  or 

when  we  have,  or 
shall  have  arrived, 
&c. 

IMPERATIVE. 

Present  or  future. 
Lleg-a  tu,  .  .         .  .  arrive  thou. 

Lleg-ue  el,  ...  let  him  arrive. 

Lleg'Uemos  7iosotros,  .         .  let  us  arrive. 
Lleg-ad  vosotros,         .  .  arrive  ye. 

Lleg-uen  ellos,   .         .         .let  them  arrive. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 
Lleg-ue,  ues,  ue,  uemos^  ueis,  I  may  arrive,  &o. 
uen, 

Imperfect. 

Lleg-ase,  ases,  ase^  asemos,  I  might  arrive,  &c. 
aseis,  asen, 


100  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Preterite. 

Haya^  hayas.^  haya^  haya-  I  may  have  arrived, 

Tnos^  hayais^  hay  an  Lie  ga-  &c.,  we  may  have 

6?o,  arrived,  &c. 

Tlwperfect. 
Hii^biese^   hubieses^   huhiese^  I    might    have   ar- 
hubiesemos^  hubieseis^  hu-       rived,     &c.,     we 
biesen  llegado^  might    have    ar- 

rived, &c. 

Reciprocal  and  reflective  verbs  form  their  com- 
pounds by  haber. 

The  following  is  the  paradigm  of  a  reflective 
verb  : — 

INFINITIVE. 

Present.       Alabarse.^  .         .  to  praise  oneself. 
Preterite.      Haber sealabado^  to  have  praised  one- 
self. 
Gerund,        Alabando^  .  praising  oneself. 

Participle.   Alabado^    .  .  praised  oneself. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. 
Yo  me  alabo,        .         .         .1  praise  myself. 
Tic  le  alabaSj       .         .  .  thou    praisest   thy- 

self. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


101 


El  se  alaha^ 
Nosotros  nos  alahamos^ 
Vosotros  OS  alabaiSj     . 
Ellos  se  alaban^  . 


.  he  praises  himself. 
.  we  praise  ourselves. 
.  ye  praise  yourselves. 
.  they   praise    them- 
selves. 


The  signification  of  the  tenses  being  understood, 
we  omit  the  translation. 


Imperfect. 
Yo  me  alababa, 
Tu  te  alababas, 
El  se  alababa, 
Nosotros  nos  alababamos, 

Vosotros  vos  alababais, 
Ellos  se  alababan. 


Preterite  definite, 

Yo  me  alabe, 
Tu  te  alabaste, 
El  se  alabo, 
Nosotros  nos  alaba- 

mos. 
Yosotros  OS  alabais. 
Ellos  se  alabaran. 


Compound  tenses   are  formed  with  haber^  and 
take  the  pronoun  before  the  auxiliary. 


Preterite  indefinite. 

Yo  me  he  alabado, . 

Tu  te  has  alabado, 

El  or  ella  se  ha  alabado, 

Nosotros  nos  hemos  alabado, 

Yosotros  OS  habeis  alabado, 

Ellos  or  ellas  se  han  alabado. 


Preterite  anterior. 

Yo   me  hube  alaba- 
do, etc. 
Pluperfect. 

Yo  me  habia  alaba- 
do, etc. 


102 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Future  anterior, 

Yo  me  habre  alaba- 
do,  etc. 


Future  absolute. 

Yo  me  alabare, 

Tu  te  alabaras, 

El  se  alabara, 

Is'osotros  nos  alabaremos, 

Vosotros  OS  alabareis. 

Ellos  se  alabaran. 


CONDITIONAL. 

First  present.         Secotid  and  third  present. 

Si  yo  me  alabaria  or  alabara,  Si  yo  me  alabara  or 

alabase, 
Tu  te  alabarias, 


El  se  alabaria, 

Nosotros  nos  alabariamos, 

Vosotros  OS  alabariais, 
Ellos  se  alabarian. 


Tu   te    alabaras    or 

alabases. 
El    se    alabara    or 

alabase, 
Nosotros  nos  alaba- 

ramos  or  alabase- 

mos, 
Vosotros   OS    alaba- 

rais  or  alabaseis, 
Ellos  se  alabaran  or 

alabasen. 


FirU  Conditional  Post. 
Si  yo  me  babria  or  bubiera  alabado,  etc. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  103 

Second  and  Third  Conditionals  Past, 
Si  yo  me  hubiera  or  habria  alabado. 

Future   Conjunctive   Simjple. 

Si  yo  me  alabare,  Nosotros  alabarere- 

mos, 
Tu  te  alabares,  Vosotros    alabareis, 

El  se  alabare,  Ellos  se  alabaren. 

Future  Conjunctive  Compound. 
Si  yo  me  hubiere  alabado. 


IMPERATIVE. 

Alabate^ 
Alabase^ 

.  praise  thyself. 
.  let  him  praise    him- 
self. 

Aldbamonos^ 

.  let    us    praise   our- 
selves. 

Alabaos., 
Alabense^    . 

•  praise  youselves. 
.  let   them   congratu- 
late themselves. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Frese?tt. 

Imperfect. 

Yo  me  alabe, 
Tu  te  alabes, 

Yo  me  alabare, 
Tu  te  alabares, 

104  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

El  se  alabe,  El  ss  alabare, 

Nosotros  nos  akbemos,  Nosotros  nos  alaba- 

remos, 
Yosotros  OS  alabeis,  Yosotros    os   alaba- 

reis, 
Ellos  se  alaben.  Ellos  se  alabaren. 

Preterite.  Plujoerfect. 

Si  yo  me  haya  alabado,  etc.       Si    yo    me    hubiere 

alabado,  etc. 
Impersonal  verbs  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  con- 
jugate.    These  are  merely  verbs  used  in  the  third 
person  of  each  tense. 

Defective  verbs  are  merely  those  which  are  used 
only  in  a  few  tenses  or  persons. 


IREEGULAK  YERBS. 

There  are  verbs  which,  in  the  formation  of  one 
or  more  of  their  tenses,  change  the  vowels  of  the 
root.  Such  are  called  irregular,  and  when  we 
think  how  rich  the  Spanish  language  is,  they  are 
by  no  means  numerous. 

Yerbs  of  this  character  are  found  in  every  con- 
jugation.    The  following  are  those  of  the  first ; 


Acertarj        .         .         .to  succeed 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


105 


which  inserts  an  i  before  the  last  syllable  of  the 
root  or  penultimate  of  the  .present  of  the  indica- 
tive in  all  its  persons ;  also  in  the  second  and  third 
persons  singular,  and  third  plural  of  the  impera- 
tive, and  in  all  the  persons  of  the  singular  and 
third  plural  of  the  present  subjunctive. 

The  followinor  have  the  same  irregularities ; 


Acrecentar^ . 

Adestrar, 

Alentar, 

Ajpacentar, 

Apretar, 

Arrendar, 

Asentar, 

AserraTj 

Ateslar  (for 

AterraTy 

Atravesar, 

Aventar, 

Calentar, 

Cegarj 

CerraTj 

Comenzar, 

Concertar^ 

Confesarj 

Decentar^ 


.  to  add  to,  to  increase. 
.  to  guide,  to  conduct. 
.  to  breathe,  to  encourage. 
.  to  feed  (cattle,  horses,  etc.) 
.  to  compress,  to  distress. 
.  to  rent  out,  to  mimic. 
.  to  sit  down. 
.  to  saw. 
rdlenar),    .  to  cram,  to  fill. 

.  to  frighten,  to  scare. 

.  to  cross. 

.  to  fan. 

.  to  warm,  to  heat. 

.  to  blind,  to  dim. 

.  to  close,  to  shut  up. 

.  to  begin.  , 

.  to  concert,  to  arrange. 

,  to  confess,  to  avow. 

.  to  make  the  first  blow. 


106 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Denegar^ 
Desrenegar, . 

Desacertar^  . 
Desakntarj  . 
Desajpretar^  . 
Desasarengar^ 
Descmpedrar^ 
Decenserrar^ 

DesenterraTj  . 

DeshelaTj 

Desmemhrar, 

DespernaTj 

Despertar, 

D  ester  rar^ 

Emjpedrar^ 

Empezar, 
Encerrar, 
Encomendar, 
EnterraTj 
ErraTj  . 
Escramentar, 
Fregar,  . 
Gobernar, 
HelaVy    . 


.  to  deny,  to  contradict. 
.  to  recant,  to  withdraw  an 

abjuration. 
.  to  mistake. 
.  to  encourage. 
.  to  loosen,  to  unfasten. 
.  to  disturb,  to  disarrange. 
.  to  unpave. 

.  to   tear  down  an   enclo- 
sure, to  dispark. 
.  to  disinter. 

to  thaw. 
.  to  dismember. 
.  to  take  away  the  legs. 
.  to  arouse,  to  awake. 
.  to  exile. 
.  to  pave,  to  cover  with 

stone. 
.  to  begin,  to  commence. 
.  to  shut  up,  to  enclose. 
.  to  recommend. 
.  to  inter. 
.  to  err. 

.  to  learn  by  experience. 
.  to  clean,  to  scour. 
.  to  govern,  to  rule. 
.  to  freeze 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


107 


Herro.r^  . 

InfernaTj 

InvernaVj 

InventaTj 

Mentary  . 

Merendar, 

Negar^  . 

Nevar^    . 

Pensar^  . 

Perniquehrar, 

Quehrar^ 

Recentar^ 

Recomendar^ 

Regar,    . 

Renegar, 

Requebrar, 
ReiemblaTj 
Retentar^ 

Reventar 


SegaTj 

SemhraTj 

SentaTj 

Sosegar, 

Soteriiar, 


to  iron,  to  shoe  (horses). 

to  damn. 

to  winter. 

to  invent. 

to  mention. 

to  take  a  luncheon. 

to  deny. 

to  snow. 

to  think. 

to  fracture  the  legs. 

to  break. 

to  leaven  bread. 

to  recommend. 

to  rule,  to  govern. 

to  refuse,  to  renege  (in 
whist). 

to  cajole,  to  win. 

to  vibrate,  to  shake. 

to  threaten  with  a  re- 
lapse. 

to  burst,  to  break 
apart. 

to  reap,  to  cut. 

to  sow. 

to  set 

to  tranquillize. 

to  bury. 


108 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Suharrtndobi 

Tremllary 
Trasegar, 
Tojpezar^ . 


to    underlet,    to    rent 

again, 
to  shake. 

to  descant,  to  tell  of. 
to  blunder,  to  stumble. 


Acostar^  to  salute,  substitutes  ue  for  o  in  pre- 
sent indicative,  singular,  and  third  person  plural. 
In  the  singular  and  third  person  plural  of  the  im- 
perative, and  the  three  persons  singular  and  third 
person  plural  of  the  subjunctive,  the  following 
have  the  same  irregularities,  viz.  : 


Acordar, 

.  to  consent,  to  agree. 

Agorar, 

.  to  divine,  to  guess. 

Almorzar^  . 

.  to  breakfast. 

Amolar, 

.  to  whet,  to  sharpen. 

Apostar, 

.  to  lay  wagers,  to  bet. 

Afrohar,     . 

.  to  approve. 

Asolar, 

.  to  raze,  to  uproot. 

AvergonzaTj 

.  to  be  ashamed. 

Colar, 

.  to  strain. 

Comprohar^ 

.  to  corroborate,  to  confirm 

Consolar,    . 

.  to  console. 

Contar^ 

.  to  count. 

Costar^ 

.  to  cost. 

Demostrar^ . 

.  to  demonstrate. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


109 


Desajprolar^ 

I)  es  collar^ 

Desconsolar, 

Descontar^  . 

Desengrosar, 

Dcsolar, 

DespoblaTj 

Desirocar, 

Encondar^ 

Encontrar^ 

Engrozar^ 

Esporzar, 

Forzar,  . 

Ilolgar^ 

Hollar^ 

MostraVj 

Poblar, 

Prohar^ 

Recordar, 

Recostar, 

Reforzai'j 

RegoldaTj 

Renovar, 

Rep-ohar^ 

Resconirar, 

Resollar^ 

ResoTiar^ 


.  to  disapprove. 

.  to  be  taller  by  the  neck.. 

.  to  make  unhappy. 

.  to  discount. 

.  to  make  thin. 

.  to  distress. 

.  to  dispeople. 

.  io  return  things  bartered. 

.  to  string  an  instrument. 

.  to  meet. 

.  to  engross. 

.  to  try,  to  attempt. 

.  to  force. 

.  to  repose,  to  rest. 

.  to  trample  on,  to  tread. 

.  to  show,  to  exhibit. 

.  to  people. 

.  to  prove,  to  demonstrate. 

.  to  recollect,  to  remember. 

.  to  recline,  to  lie  down. 

.  to  reinforce,  to  strengthen. 

.  to  belch. 

.  to  renew,  to  restore. 

.  to  reprove,  to  blame. 

.  to  balance  accounts. 

.  to  breathe. 

.  to  resound,  to  echo. 


no 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Revolai'^ 

.  to  fly  again. 

Rexolcar^ 

.  to  wallow  on  the  ground. 

Riidar^ 

.  to  move  on  wheels. 

Soldar^ 

.  to  solder,  to  mend,  to  tin 

ker. 

Solar  J  . 

.  to  sole. 

Sonar^ 

.  to  sound. 

Sonar, 

.  to  dream. 

Tostar, 

.  to  toast. 

Torcar, 

.  to  barter 

Tronary 

.  to  thunder. 

Volar, . 

.  to  fly. 

Volcar, 

.  to  overset,  to  overturn. 

Andar,  to  go,  is  irregular,  as  follows : 

Indicative. — The  perfect  tense  is  declined  ;  an- 
duve,  anduviste,  anduvo,  anduvhnos,  anduvisteis, 
anduvieron. 

The  Conditional. — The  first  conditional  has  an- 
ddria  or  anduviera. 

Swbjimctive. — The  imperfect  has  anduviese,  with 
the  irregularity  pervading  all  its  tenses. 

The  future  conjunctive  is  also  irregular,  viz., 
anduviere,  etc. 

Dar,  to  give,  has  these  irregularities  : 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
in  doy  ;  the  other  persons  are  regular. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR-  111 

The  preterite  definite  is  Ji,  diste^  dio,  dimos,  dis- 
teis,  and  dieron. 

The  Conditional. — The  second  and  third  con- 
ditional are  daria  and  diera. 

The  Future  Conjunctive,  Si?nple  is  irregular : 
dierCj  dieres,  diere,  dieremos,  diereis^  dieren. 

Subjunctive. — The  imperfect  is  diese^  dieses, 
diese^  diesemos,  dieseis,  diesen. 

Jugar,  to  play,  takes  an  e  after  the  u  in  the  fol- 
lowing tenses : 

Indicative. — The  present  is  thus  declined  :  juego, 
juegas,  juega,  juga??ws,  jugais,  juegan.  The  first 
and  second  persons  singular  are  regular. 

The  Imperative. — The  present  also  takes  e  after 
u  in  the  root,  in  the  singular  throughout,  and  in 
the  third  person  plural :  juega  tu,  juegue  elj  ju- 
guemos  nosotros,  jugueis  vosotros,  jueguen  ellos. 

The  Subjunctive. — The  present  is  irregular  in 
the  singular,  and  in  the  third  person  plural,  viz. : 
juegue^  jueguesj  juegue,  jueguemos,  jugueis,  jue- 
guen. 

Among  the  foregoing  are  many  neuter,  reci- 
procal, and  reflective  verbs,  varied  according  to 
rules  which  regulate  their  conjugations. 

IRREGULAR    VERBS SECO^;d     CONJUGATION. 

Verbs  in  acer,  ecer,  and  oc^r,  substitute  z  for 


112  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

final  c,  in  the  following  tenses  iind  persons.  Those 
in  acer  have  the  following  irregularities : 

Indicative  Present. — The  first  person  singular 
is  asco.     The  other  persons  are  regular. 

The  Imperative. — The  present  tense  forms  the 
third  person  singular  in  azca^  and  plural  in  azcan- 

The  verb  apetecer^  to  wish  for,  is  irregular  in  the 
following  tenses  and  persons : 

Indicative. — The  present  has  the  first  person 
singular  in  apetezco.  The  other  persons  are  regu- 
lar. 

Imperative. — The  preseyit  has  the  third  person 
plural  and  singular  in  apetezca  and  apetezcan. 
The  other  persons  are  regular. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  forms  its  persons 
thus :  apetezca^  ajjetezcas^  apetezca.^  apetezca- 
onos^  apetezcais^  apetezcan. 

Conocer  has  similar  irregularities  in  the  same 
tenses, 

Hacer  is  an  exception  from  the  verbs  in  cer^ 
and  is  more  irregular,  viz. 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
in  hago. 

The  Preterite  Definite  is  declined.  Azce, 
hiciste^  liizo^  hicimos^  hicistis^  hicieron. 

The  Future  Absolute  is  formed  in  hare.^  karas., 
etc. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  113 

The  Conditional. — The  first  and  second  condi- 
tional are  liaria  or  hiciera^  harias.  etc. 

The  third  conditional  is  hiciere  and  hiciera^ 
hicieres^  etc. 

Th3  future  conjanct'.ve  singular  is  hiciere^  hici' 
eres^  etc. 

The  Imperative. — The  present  is  thus  daclinad: 
haz  tUj  haya  e/,  hayamos  nosotros^  haced  voso- 
tros^  hayan  ellos. 

The  Subjunctive. — The  present  is  in  haya, 
hayas.^  haya. 

The  Imperfect  is  in  hiciese.^  hicieses.^  etc. 

]Many  of  the  compounds  of  this  verb  are  irregu- 
lar, viz. 

Satisfacer  has  \^v,(^  future  absolute  in  satisfare^ 
satisfares.^  etc. 

Ths  Preterite  Definite  is  in  the  first  person 
satisUce  ;  in  the  third  satisfizo. 

The  Imperative. — The  present  is  satisfas  tit 
(and  regularly  satisface).^  satisfaya  e/,  satisface- 
mos  nosotros,  satisfaceis  vosotros^  satisfagan. 
ellos. 

From  t'je  verbs  which  end  in  ocer.,  must  be  ex- 
cepted cocer^  to  cook  ;  and  its  compounds,  which 
have  a  peculiar  irregularity,  to  be  noted  hereafter. 

The  verb  ascender  receives  an  i  before  the  e  iu 
the  last  syllable  of  its  root,  in  the  following  : 


114 


SPANISH    GRA^niAR. 


Indicative. — The  i^resent  forms  the  three  per- 
sons of  the  singular,  and  the  thh'd  of  the  plural, 
thus  :  asciendo^  asciendes^  asciende  ;  third  per- 
son plural,  ascienden. 

Imperative. — The  present  is  thus  formed : 
asciende  tu^  addenda  c/,  ascendamos  nosotros^ 
asccndais  vosotros,  asciendan  ellos. 

Subjunctive. — The  p>resent  forms  the  singular, 
and  the  third  person'  of  the  plural,  with  the  i  in 
the  last  syllable  of  the  root ;  as,  ascienda.^  ascien- 
das.,  ascienda  ;  third  person  plural,  asciendan. 

The  following  have  similar  irregularities.  When- 
ever e  occurs  in  the  root,  the  i  is  inserted  between 
them 


Ateiider^ 

Cerner.^ 

Condescendei 

Contender.^ 

Defender.^ 

Desatender.^ 

Ence7idej\ 

Entender.^ 

Estender^ 

Heber., 

Hender^ 


.  to  attend,  to  expect. 
.  to  sift,  to  separate. 
.  to  condescend,  to  stoop. 
.  to  contend,  to  strive. 
.  to  defend. 
.  to  neglect,  to  slight. 
.  to  light,  to  kindle. 
.  to  comprehend,  to  under- 
stand. 
.  to  extend,  to  stretch. 
.  to  vex,  to  molest. 
.  to  divide,  to  cleave 


SPANISH    GRA^fMAR. 


115 


Perder^ 
Reverter^ 
Tender^ 
Trascender^ 

Verier^ 


.  to  lose. 

.  to  revert,  to  return  to. 

.  to  tend. 

.  to  transcend,  to  surpass. 

.  to  turn. 


The  verb  ahsolver^  to  absolve,  changes  o  into 
we,  in  the  same  tenses  and  persons  that  ascender 
inserts  the  i.     The   following   are   similar   in  all 

tenses. 


Cocer^ 

.  to  cook. 

Condoler^ 

.  to  condole  with. 

Commover^ 

.  to  excite  compassion. 

Demoler^ 

.  to  demolish,  to  destroy. 

Desenvolver^ 

.  to  disenvolve. 

Destorcer^     . 

.  to  untwist,  to  unravel. 

Devolve/'^ 

.  to  devolve,  to  undo. 

Disolvei\ 

.  to  dissolve. 

Doler^ 

.  to  ache,  to  be  in  pain. 

Envolver^ 

.  to  involve,  to  surround 

Escocet-j 

.  to  smart,  to  burn. 

Llover^ 

.  to  rain. 

Moler^ 

.  to  grind,  to  break  up. 

Morder, 

.  to  bite. 

Mover  J 

.  to  move. 

Oler, 

.  to  smell,  to  stink. 

Fromover^    . 

.  to  advance,  to  promote 

116  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Recocer^ 

.  to  cook  a  second  time. 

Kemorder^ 

.  to  bite  again. 

Kemover^    . 

.  to  remove,  to  move  again. 

Resolve?- J    . 

.  to  resolve,  to  decide  on. 

Restorcer^  . 

.  to  ret  wist,  to  twine  about 

again. 

Torcer^ 

.  to  twist,  to  twine. 

Tolver,       . 

.  to  turn,  to  fold. 

Poder^  to  be  able,  forms  the  gerund^  irregu- 
larly, in  pudieiido.     It  is  also  irregular  in  the 

Indicative. — The  present  tense  has  in  the  sin- 
gular and  third  person  plural  ue  for  o. 

The  Preterite  Definite  is  irregular  in  all  its 
persons,  which  it  forms  thus  :  pude^  pudiste^  etc. 

The  future  is  in  podre^  podras^  etc. 

The  C onditioJial . — The  first  conditional  is  po- 
dria.  or  pudiera^  etc. 

The  Future  Conju7ictive  is  formed  pudiere^ 
pudleres^  etc. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  forms  the  three  first 
persons  of  the  singular,  and  the  third  of  the  plural, 
by  the  substitution  of  ue  for  o  in  the  root ;  as 
pueda.^  puedas.^  p>ueda^  podamos.^  podais^  puedan. 

The  Imperfect  hpudiese^  pudieses.^  etc. 

Caber.^  to  fall,  is  more  irregular.     In  many  in- 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  117 

stances  this  verb  substitutes  qu  for  c.  It  forms 
the  following  tenses  thus  :* 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
in  quepo  ;  the  others  regularly. 

The  Perfect  Deji)iite  is  in  cz^j^e,  ciipiste. 

The  future  is  cubre^  etc 

The  Conditional. — The  first  conditional  is 
cahria  or  ciiperia.  The  first  form,  it  will  be  ob- 
served, elides  e,  the  first  syllable  of  the  tense  ter- 
mination, and  the  second  makes  the  substitution  of 
u  for  a  in  the  root. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  cupiere^  cupieres^ 
etc. 

The  Imperative. — The  pfresent  forms  the  third 
persons  singular  and  plural,  and  the  first  person 
sinf^ular,  thus  :  as  cahe  tu^  quepa  e/,  quepamos 
nosotros.^  cahecl  vosotros^  quep)an  ellos. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  is  quepa.^  quepas^ 
etc.  ;  and  the  imperfect  in  cupiese^  cupieses^  etc. 

Caer,  to  fall,  is  also  irregular.  It  forms  ths 
gerund  in  cayendo. 

It  is  otherwise  irregular,  as  follows  : 

Indicative  Present. — The  first  person  singular 
is  in  caigo. 

*  The  substitution  of  qu  for  c,  will  almost  always  be 
found  to  be  for  the  sake  of  the  preservation  of  pronuncia- 
tion, in  cases  where  the  c  has  the  sound  of  th  in  English. 


118  SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  * 

Subjunctive. — The  present  is  formed  in  caiga^ 
caigaSj  etc. 

All  the  compouuds  have  the  same  irregularity. 

Po7ier^  to  place,  is  irregular  in  many  tenses, 
viz. 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
singular  in  j^ongo.     The  other  persons  are  regular. 

The  preterite  is  formed  in  puse^  pusiste,  etc. 

The  future  is  pondre^  pondras^  etc. 

Conditional. — The  first ,  etc.,  is  in  pondria.^  or 
in  pusiera^  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  in  piisiere^  etc. 

Imperative. — The  present  is  thus  declined  : 
pon  tu^  ponga  e/,  pongamos  nosotros^  poned  voso- 
t?'0Sj  ponga7i  ellos. 

Subjunctive.  The  present  is  in  ponga^  and 
the  imperfect  in  pusiere^  both  taking  regular  ter- 
minations. 

All  compounds  are  similarly  irregular. 

Querer.y  -to  wish,  frequently  used,  is  irregular, 
viz.  : 

Indicative,  '  The  present  tense  of  this  mood 
inserts  i  between  2«  -and  e  in  the  singular  and  the 
third  person  of  the  plural,  viz.,  quiero^  quieres^ 
quiere  ;  .ihivA  person  plural,  qnieren. 

The  ^ftterite  Dejinite  is  quise^  quiseste^  quisOj 
etc» 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  119^ 

The  future  is  querre^  etc. 

Conditional.  The  first  conditional  is  queria  or 
quisiera.^  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  quisiere^  etc. 

hnperative.  The  present  tensa  is  irregular, 
like  the  present  indicative,  viz.,  quiere  tu,  qiiiera 
cl.^  queremos  nosotros,  quered  vosotros.^  quieran 
ellos. 

Subjunctive.  The  present  has  three  persons 
of  the  singular  and  the  third  of  the  plural  with  th3 
i  in  the  root.  The  othar  two  persons  regular  ;  as, 
quiera.^  quieras.^  qtiiera^  queramos^  querais.^  qui- 
era?i.     The  imperfect  quisiese.^  etc. 

Traeo-.^  to  draw,  is  irregular,  oftc;n  inserting  ig. 

Indicative.  The  present  has,  in  the  first  per- 
son, traAgo.     The  perfect  is  traje.^  trafiste.^  etc. 

Conditional.  The  firtt  conditional  is  irregular 
in  its  second  form,  which  is  trajera. 

The  future  conjunctive  is  trajere.^  trajeres.^  etc. 

Imperative.  The  present  has  the  third  persons 
singular  and  plural,  and  the  fiist  peison  plu;al,  in 
trdiga^  traigan^  and  traigdmos.  The  othn-  per- 
sons ai-e  regular. 

Subjunctive.  The  present  is  traiga.^  etc.,  and 
the  imperfect  trajeste^  etc. 

The  alova  Las  compounds  which  are  irregular 
in  the  same  tenses. 


120  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

Valer^  to  be  worth,  is  irregular,  viz. 

Indicative.  The  present  forms  the  first  person 
singular  in  vulgo^  etc. 

The  future  is  valdre^  as^  etc. 

Conditional.  The  first  conditional  has  the  first 
form  irregular  in  valdria.  The  second  is  per- 
fectly regular. 

Imperative.  The  present  forms  the  third  per- 
sons, and  the  first  person  plural,  in  valga,  valga- 
'nios^  and  valgan.  The  other  two  persons  are 
regular. 

Subjunctive.     The  present  is  in  valga^  etc. 

Equivaler.^  to  be  equivalent  to,  and  the  other 
compounds  of  valer.^  are  similarly  irregular. 

IRREGULAR    VERBS. THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

The  third  conjugation  in  ir  has  many  irregular 
verbs,  viz. : 

Condudr.^  to  conduct,  is  irregular  in  the  follow- 
ing tenses  : 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
smgular,  conduzco. 

The  Preterite  is  cnnduge,  condwghte,  condugOy 
condugimos,  condugera ;  the  first,  condiMzrid^  is 
regular. 

The  future  conjunctive  is  condugere,  utvi. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  121 

Imperative. — The  present  is  thus  dec-lined  :  con- 
duce tu^  conduzca  el,  coiiduzcdmos  nosotros,  con- 
diicid  vosotros,  conduzcan  ellos.  The  third  persons 
singular  and  plural,  and  the  first  person  plural,  are 
irregular. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  is  in  conduzca^  and 
the  imperfect  in  condugese. 

All  the  verbs  ending  in  ducir  have  the  same  ir- 
regularities. The  other  veJ-bs,  ending  in  ucir.^  are 
irregular  in  the  first  person  singular  of  the  present 
of  the  indicative,  in  the  present  of  the  imperative 
third  person  plural,  and  first  and  third  plural,  and 
in  the  present  of  the  subjunctive.  In  these  cases 
they  insert  z  before  c. 

Sentir  is  irregular  in  many  tenses.  It  takes  i 
before  e  in  the  root,  as. 

Indicative  Present — SientOj  sieiUes,  siente,  seiiti- 
moSj  seniisy  sienten. 

The  Preterite  substitutes  in  the  third  person  i 
for  e,  as  sintio,  sintieron. 

Conditional. — The  first  conditional  has  its 
second  form  in  sintiriera. 

The  Second  Conditioned  is  formed  in  sintiese, 
sintieseSj  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  in  si?itiere,  etc. 

Imjperative. — The  present  has  the  singular  and 


122 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


third  person  plural  irregular,  as,  siente^  sienta. 
Third  person  plural,  sientan. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  is  in  sientera,  sien- 
teras,  sienteray  sintera?/ios,  sinterais^  sienteran. 

The  Imjpcrftct  is  sintiese,  sintieses^  etc. 

The  following  have  the  same  irregularity  : 


Adherir^ 

.  to  adhere,  to  cling  to. 

Advcrtir,      . 

.  to  advert,  to  notice. 

Arrepentir^  . 

.  to  repent. 

Asentir^ 

.  to  consent. 

Conftrir.^     . 

.  to  confer. 

Consentir,    . 

.  to  consent. 

Co7itrovertir, 

.  to  controvert,  to  disprove. 

Co7ivertir,    . 

.  to  convert. 

Descotisentirj 

.  to  dissent. 

Desmentir,    . 

.  to  contradict,  to  give  the 

lie. 

Deferir, 

.  to  postpone. 

Degerivj 

.  to  digest. 

Disentir, 

.  to  disagree. 

Hervir, 

.  to  boil. 

Herir, 

.  to  wound,  to  strike. 

Injerir, 

.  to  engraft. 

InvertiTj 

.  to  turn  over,  invert. 

Mentir, 

.  to  tell  a  falsehood. 

Pervertir,     . 

.  to  pervert. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  123 

Presentiry  .  .  .to  have  a  presentiment. 

ReferiTj  .  .  .to  refer. 

Requerir^  .  .  .to  require. 

Resentir,  .  .  .to  resent 

Dormir  is  irregular,  viz.  : 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  singular 
number  and  the  third  person  plural  in  ue ;  as, 
duermo^  duermes^  duerme ;  third  person  plural, 
duermen. 

The  Preterite  Definite  has  the  third  persons  sin- 
gular and  plural  irregular,  as,  durmio,  durmie- 
ron. 

Conditional. — The  first  conditional  has  its  second 
form  irregular  in  diormiere.  The  second  con- 
ditional is  in  durmiese. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  durmiere^  etc. 

Imperative. — The  present  is  all  irregular,  ex- 
cept the  second  person  plural,  as,  duerme.^  duerma^ 
durmdmos^  dormidy  duerman. 

Suhjunctive. — The  present  is  thus  declined  : 
duerma^  du'rmas.,  duerma,  duerdmos,  durmais, 
duerman. 

The  Imperfect  is  in  durmiese. 

The  same  irregularity  pervades  morir. 

Pcdir  is  irregular. 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  singular  per- 


124 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


sons  and  third  person  plural,  pido,  pides, pide,  piden. 
The  other  persons  are  regular. 

The  Preterite  forms  the  third  persons  of  each 
number  in  pidio  and  pidieron. 

The  First  Conditional  has  its  second  form  in 
yidiera  /  the  Third  is  in  pidiese,  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive  is  pidiere. 

The  Present  Imperative  has  pide,  pida^  piddmoSy 
pedid,  pidan. 

Subjunctive. — The  present  is  p Ida ,  etc.,  and  the 
imperfect  pidiese,  etc. 

The  followinc;  make  similar  chans^es  in  the  root : 


Cenir, 

Colegir, 

Competir^ 

Concebir, 

ConsfreniTj 

CorrejiTj 

Derretir^ 

Descenir^ 

Desteir, 

Despendir, 

Destefiirj 

Elegir^ 

Engreirj 

Embestir, 


.  to  gird,  to  surround. 

.  to  collect,  to  assemble. 

.  to  compete. 

.  to  conceive. 

.  to  constrain. 

.  to  correct. 

.  to  melt,  to  fuse. 

.  to  ungird. 

.  to  dilute. 

.  to  dismiss,  to  discharge. 

.  to  discolor,  to  stain. 

.  to  elect,  to  choose. 

.  to  be  haughty. 

.  to' assail,  to  attack. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


125 


Espedivj 

.  to  expedite. 

Frier, . 

.  to  fry. 

Gemirj 

.  to  sigh. 

Henir, 

.  to  knead  bread 

Impedir, 

.  to  impede. 

Medir, 

.to  measure. 

Perscguir,   . 

.  to  pursue. 

Regir, 

.  to  rule. 

Reir,  . 

.  to  laugh. 

Rendir, 

.  to  yield. 

Renir, 

.  to  dispute. 

Repeiivj 

.  to  repeat. 

Retenir, 

.  to  retain. 

Revestir, 

.  to  revert. 

-Seguir, 

.  to  follow. 

Servir, 

to  serve. 

SonreiTy 

.  to  smile. 

Tenir, 

.  to  dye. 

Vesiir, 

.  to  clothe. 

Venir  is  irregular  in  some  tenses. 

The  present  forms  the  persons  of  the  singular 
thus,  vengOj  vienses,  viene,  venimoSy  venis,  vienen. 

Preterite. —  Viney  veniste,  vino,  etc. 

Future. —  Vendre,  etc.  • 

Conditional. — The  first  and  second  conditional 
have  vendra  and  viniera.   ' 


126  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

The  third  conditional  has  vhiiesc,  etc. 

The  future  conjunctive  is  vinie/'e,  etc. 

Imperative  — The  present  is  thus  declined,  ven, 
venga^  xengamos^  venid,  vengan. 

Subjunctive. — Present,  venga,  etc. 

Imperative. —  Viniese,  etc. 

Decir  is  irregular  in  many  of  its  tenses. 

Indicative  — Present,  digo,  dices,  dice,  dicen. 

Preterite. — Dije^  dijiste^  dijo^  dijimos^  dijisteisy 
dijeron. 

Future. — Dire^  dirds^  dird^  diremos^  direis,  dirdn. 

The  First  and  Second  Conditional. — Dijera., 
dijeras,  dijera,  dijsramos^  dijirois.,  dijeran ;  diria, 
dirias^  diria.^  diriamos,  dirias,  dirian. 

The  Third  Conditional  is  in  digdre,  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive. — Dijere,  etc. 

Imperative. — Dij  diga^  digamos^  decid.,  digan. 

Subjunctive. — Present,  diga,  digas^  diga,  diga- 
mos,  digaisy  digan. 

Imperfect. — Digest ^  etc. 

Podrir  is  irregular. 

Indicative. — Present  has  pudro,  pudreSy  pudre^ 
podrimoSy  podris,  pudren. 

Preterite  forms  the  third  persons  in  pudro,  pu~ 
drier  on. 

The  Future  is  pudrire^  etc. 

The  First   and    Second    Conditional   have    the 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  127 

second  form  with  the  u  or  o,  in  the  root,  as,  jpU' 
drier  a  ^  etc. 

The  Third  Conditional  is  pudriere^  etc. 

The  Future  Conjunctive. — Pudriere^  etc. 

Imx>erative. — Present,  pudre,  pudra,  pudrd?nos, 
podridj  pudran. 

Subjunctive. — The    present   is  pudra,   and  the 
im-perfect  piuhiese. 

Indicative. — The  present  forms  the  first  person 
singular  in  salgo. 

The  Future  is  saldre,  etc. 

Conditional. — The  first  and  second  conditional 
has  its  first  form  in  saldira. 

Imperative. — Present,  sal^  salga^  salgamoSj  salidj 
salgar. 

Suhjunctice. — The  present  is  in  salga^  etc. 

Ir  is  regular. 

Indicative. — The  present,  voy,  vas^  va^   vamoSj 
vaisy  van. 

The  Imperfect  is  in  iba,  etc. 

The  Preterite. — Fui,  fuiste^  fue^  fuimoSj  fuis- 
His.,  fueron. 

Conditional. — First  and  second  conditional  has 
the  second  form  fuera. 

Third  Conditional. — Fuese. 

Future  Conditional. — Fuere^  etc. 

'imperative. — Present,  va^vaga^ vamos. id, vagan. 


128 


SPANISH    GRAMHaAR. 


Subjunctive. — Present,  vaga^  etc. 

Imperfect. — Fuese. 

The  above  are  arranged  according  to  their  irre- 
gularities. For  reference,  the  alphabetical  list, 
according  to  conjugation  merely,  is  subjoined : 

IRREGULAR  VERBS  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION. 


Acordar, 

Acrecentar, 

Acer  tar, 

Acordarse, 

Apretar, 

Arrendar, 

Asentar, 

Aserrar, 

Asestar, 

Asoldar, 

Asolar, 

Asonar, 

Atentar, 

Aterrar, 

Atestar, 

Atravesar, 

Atronar, 

Aventar, 

Avcrgonzarse, 

Acostarse, 

Adestrar, 

Agorar, 

Alentar, 

Almorzar, 

Amolar, 

Andar, 

Apacentar, 

Aporcar, 

Aportar, 

Apostar, 

Aprobar, 

Calenta.r, 

Bregar, 

Cegar, 

Cerrar, 

Cimentar, 

Colar, 

Colgar, 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


129 


Comenzar, 

Comprobar, 

Concentar, 

Concordar, 

Confesar, 

Consolar, 

Consonar, 

Contar, 

Costar, 

Decentar, 

Dar, 

Decimentar, 

DegoUar, 

Demostrar, 

Denegar, 

Demostar, 

Derrengar, 

Desacertar, 

Desacordar, 

Desalentar, 

Pesapretar, 

Desaprobar, 

Desasosegar, 

Desatentar, 

Descalgar, 

Descollar, 

Desconcerter, 

Desconsolar, 

Descontar, 

Desempredar, 

Desencerrar, 

Desengrosar, 

Desenterrar, 

Desflocar, 

Desfoagarse, 

Desbelar, 

Desherrar, 

Desmembrar, 

Deslolar, 

DesoUar, 

Desolar, 

Despedrar, 

Despernar, 

Despertar, 

Desplegar, 

Desplobar, 

Desterrar, 

Destrocar, 

Desvergonzarse, 

Dszmar, 

Emendar, 

Empodrar, 

Empezar, 

Emporcar, 

130 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Encensar, 

Encerrar, 

Encomendar, 

Encontrar, 

Encondar, 

Encubertar, 

Engrossar, 

Enrodary 

Ensangrentary 

Enterrar, 

Errar, 

Escalentar, 

Escarmentar, 

Esforzarse, 

Espresar, 

Estar, 

Estercolar, 

Estrcgar, 

Forzar, 

Fregar, 

Frezar, 

Helar, 

Gobernary 

Herrar^ 

Holgar, 

Hollar, 

Infernar, 

Insertar, 

Invernar, 

Jugar, 

Mauifestar, 

Mentar, 

Morendar^ 

Mostrar, 

Ncgar, 

Nevar, 

Pensar, 

Perniquebrar, 

Plegar, 

Poblar, 

Probar, 

Recommendar, 

Quebrar, 

Recordar, 

Eecostar, 

Reforzar, 

Regar, 

Regoldar, 

Remendar, 

Renegar, 

Renovar, 

Replogar, 

Reprobar, 

Requebrar^ 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


131 


Eescontrar, 

Resollar, 

Resonar, 

Retemblar, 

Retentar, 

Reventar, 

Re  volar, 

Revolcarse, 

Rodar, 

Rogar, 

Segar, 

Sembrar, 

Sentarse, 

Serrar, 

Solar, 

Soldar, 

Sonar, 

Sonar, 

Sosegarse, 

Soterrar, 

Temblar, 

Tentar, 

Tostar, 

Trascolar, 

Trascordarse, 

Trasegar, 

Trasonar, 

Trocar, 

Tronar, 

Tropezar, 

Volar,' 

Yolcar. 

EGULAR  VERBS  OF 

THE  SECOND  CONJI 

Abastecer. 

Aborrecer, 

Absolver, 

Abstraer, 

Acaecer, 

Acontecer, 

Adolocer, 

Adormecerse, 

Agradecer, 

Amanecer, 

Amortecerse, 

Anochecer, 

Anteponer, 

Antever, 

Aparacer, 

Apetecer, 

Ascender, 

Atender, 

132 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Atenerse, 

Bermejecer, 

Caer, 

Carecer, 

Cocer, 

Comparecer, 

Componer, 

Condoler, 

Conocer, 

Contener, 

Contraer, 

Crecer, 

Defender, 

Deponer, 

Desadormecer, 

Desatender, 

Descaecer, 

Descomponer, 

Desenterderse, 

Desenvolver, 

Desflaquecerse, 

Deshacer, 

Desplacer, 

Desvauocerse, 

Detraer, 

Disolver, 

Distraer, 


Atraer, 

Baber, 

Canecer 

Cerner, 

Compadecerse, 

Complacer, 

Condescender, 

Conmover, 
Contender, 
Contrahacer, 
Convalecer, 
Decaer, 
Demoler, 
Desabatecer, 
Desaparecer, 
Desatraer, 
Descender, 
Desconocer, 
Desentorpecer, 
Desfallecer, 
Desguarneoer, 
Desobedecer, 
Destorcer, 
Detener, 
Devolver, 
Disponer, 
Doler, 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Embebecersej 

Embrutecerse, 

Empobrecer, 

Encalvecer, 

Encanecer, 

Encender, 

Encruelecer, 

Endure  cer, 

Enfiierecerse, 

Enloquecer, 

Enmohecerse, 

Ennegrecer, 

Enrarecer, 

Ensoberbecerse, 

Entender, 

Entomecer, 

Entorpecerse, 

Entristecerse, 

Entumecer, 

Enverdecer, 

Enquivaler, 

Esclarecer, 

Espavorecer, 

Estramecerse, 

Estender, 

Fallecer, 

Fenecer, 


Embravecerse, 

Einplumecer, 

Encabellecer, 

Encallecer, 

Encareoer, 

Encrudecerse, 

Endentecer, 

Enflaquecer, 

Engraedecer, 

Enmocecer, 

Enmudecer, 

Ennoblecer, 

Enrique  cer, 

Entallecer, 

Enternecer, 

Entontecerse, 

Entretener, 

Entullecer, 

Envejecer, 

Envolver, 

Escarnecer, 

Escocer, 

Establecer, 

Esponer, 

Estraer, 

Favorecer, 

Fortalecer, 


134 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


Guarnecer, 

Haber, 

Hacer, 

Heder, 

Hender, 

Huraedecer, 

Imp  oner, 

Indisponer, 

Llover, 

Magrecer, 

Mantener, 

Mecer, 

Merecer, 

Mohecerse, 

Moler, 

Molecer, 

Morder, 

Mover, 

Nacer, 

Negrecer, 

Obedecer, 

Obscurecer, 

Obtener, 

Ofrecer, 

Oler, 

Oponer, 

Pacer, 

Padecer, 

Parecer, 

Perder, 

Perecer, 

Pertenecer, 

Poder, 

Poner, 

Preponer, 

Promover, 

Querer, 

Recaer, 

Kecocer, 

Reconocer, 

Keconvalecer, 

Recrecer, 

Reflorecer, 

Rehacer, 

Remanecer, 

Remecer, 

Remorder, 

Remover, 

Renacer, 

Reponer, 

Resolver, 

Restablecer, 

Retener, 

Retorcer, 

SPANISH    ^IRaMMAH. 


135 


Retraer, 

Retrotraer, 

Rever, 

Reverdecer, 

Reverter, 

Revolver, 

Saber, 

Satisfacer, 

Ser, 

Sobreponer, 

Soler, 

Solver, 

Sostener, 

Substraer^ 

Sup  oner, 

Tender, 

Tener, 

Torcer, 

Traer, 

Transcender, 

Trascender, 

Transponer, 

Valer, 

Ver, 

Yerter, 

Volver, 

REGULAR  VERBS  OF 

THE  THIRD    CONJl 

Adhefir, 

Adquerir, 

Adquirir, 

Advertir, 

Apercibir, 

Arguir, 

Arreeirse, 

Arrepentirse, 

Asentir, 

Aterirse, 

A  sir, 

Atribuir, 

Avenirse, 

Cenir, 

Benedicir, 

Colejir, 

Comedirse, 

Competir, 

Concebir, 

Concluir, 

Conducir, 

Conferir, 

Conseguir, 

Consentir, 

l^Q 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Constituir, 

Construir, 

Contravenir, 

Contravertir, 

Decir, 

Deferir, 

Desavenir, 

Descomedirse^ 

Deservir, 

Desleir, 

Desmentir^ 

Destenir, 

Diferer, 

Disminuiry 

Pivortir, 

Dormir, 

Embestir^ 

Enlucir, 

Entreoir,. 

Erguir, 

Escluir^ 

Fluir, 

Jemir^ 

Hervir, 

Imbuir, 

Inadvertir^ 

Inducir, 


Constreilir, 

Contradeeir, 

Contribuir, 

Correjirj 

Deducir, 

Derretir, 

Descenir, 

I>esconseiitir, 

Desdecirsej 

Deslucir, 

Despendir^ 

Destruir, 

Dijerer, 

Distribuiry 

Pivertiry 

Elejir, 

Engreirse, 

Entrelucir^ 

Envestir, 

Estreniry 

Espedir, 

Freir, 

Herir, 

Huir, 

Impedir, 

Incluir, 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


137 


Instituir, 

Instruir, 

Intervenir, 

Introducir, 

Invertiry 

Investir, 

Injeriry 

Ir, 

Lucir, 

Luir, 

Maldeeiry 

Medir, 

Mentir, 

Morir, 

Muir, 

Obstruir, 

Oir, 

Pedir, 

Pereguir, 

Pervertir, 

Predecir, 

Preferir, 

Presentir, 

Prevenir, 

Prodncir, 

Proforir, 

Proseguir, 

Prostituir, 

Provenir^ 

Recluir, 

Reducir, 

Eeferir, 

Eejir, 

Heir, 

Reducir, 

Rendir, 

Eefiir, 

Repetir, 

Requerir, 

Resentirse^ 

Eestituir, 

Retenir, 

Retribuii'j 

Revenir, 

Revestir, 

Salir, 

Seducir, 

Seguir, 

Sentir, 

Servir, 

Sobresalir, 

Sobrevenir^ 

Sonreirse, 

Substituir, 

138  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Sujerir, 

Teiiir, 

Traducir, 

Yenir, 

Yestir, 

Zaherir, 

INDECLINABLE    PARTS    OF    SPEECH. 

Adverbs  modify  the  signification  of  another 
word,  and  are  classified  as  adverbs  of  time,  place, 
location,  quantity,  comparison,  manner,  doubt, 
affirmation,  and  regulation. 

Those  of  place  are,  aqui^  aca,  here  ;  a//i,  alia, 
there;  «^c^tZ/a,  there,  over  there  ;  cercfl-,  near  ;  lejoSy 
far  ;  adoide,  whither  ;  donde,  where  ;  dentre,  within  ; 
fuera^  without ;  arriba,  up,  above  ;  ahajo,  below, 
delante,  before  j  detras,  behind  ;  encima,  over, 
debajoj  below. 

Adverbs  of  time  are,  hoy^  o.ycr,  manana,  to-day, 
yesterday,  and  to-morrow  ;  ahora,  now  ;  luego, 
soon  ;  tarde,  late  ;  te?nprano,  early ;  presto,  soon  ; 
pronto,  quickly ;  siempre,  always  ;  jamas,  never  ; 
nunca,  never  ;  ya,  already  ;  mientras,  while. 

Adverbs  of  order  express  rotation  or  succession, 
as,  primeramente,  always  ;  antes,  before  ;  despues, 
afterwards  ;  enlugar  de,  in  lieu  of. 

Adverbs  of  quantity  are  mucho,  poco,  algo, 
somewhat ;  muy,  harto,  hastante,  enough  j  taQi,  so 
as. 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR.  139 

Adverbs  of  comparison  are,  niejor^  better  ;  pejoVj 
worse  ; '  micyj  better. 

Adverbs  of  manner  express  how  things  are  per- 
formed, as,  prudentementey  prudently.  These  are 
called  adverbs  of  quality,  and  are  formed  by  the  ad- 
dition of  the  termination,  mente,  which  is  added  to 
the  feminine  of  adjectives  in  o,  and  to  the  end  of 
others,  as,  sabiamenfe,  eficazmente^  effectively. 

There  are  many  others,  as  hien^  well ;  mal^ 
badly  ;  asi^  as  ;  callandico^  mutely,  etc. 

Quiza  and  acaso  are  the  only  two  simple  ad- 
verbs of  doubt. 

Adverbs  of  afl&rmation  are  si,  yes  ;  cierto  and 
ciertamente,  surely ;  jpor  ventura,  by  chance  ;  ver- 
daderamente,  truly,  etc. 

Adverbs  of  negation  are  ninguno^  nadie,  nada, 
etc. 

Jamas  is  used  as  synonymous  with  nunca,  as. 


Jamas, 


le  he  visto. .         .  I  never  saw  him. 


JVunca, 

The  following  is  a  table  of  the  adverbs  accord- 
ing to  their  classes,  viz. : 

Of  Place. 

Donde,          ....  where. 
Adonde  ?       .         .         .         .  whither } 
Aq^dy here. 


140 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Alii,    . 

.  there. 

Alia,    . 

.  yonder. 

Por  aqui, 

.  this  way. 

Hasta  aqui, . 

.  hitherto. 

Fuera, 

.  abroad. 

Ju€J0S,  , 

•  far. 

Cerca,  . 

.  near. 

Aparte, 

.  aside. 

Arriba, 

.  above. 

Sobre,  . 

.  over. 

Encima, 

.  upon. 

Bajo,    . 

.  underneath. 

Abajo,  . 

.  under. 

De  bajo, 

.  from  below. 

De  adelante, 

.  from  before. 

De  atras, 

.  from  behind. 

Cerca,  . 

.  nigh. 

En  algima  parte,  . 

.  somewhere. 

En  Tiinguna  parte. 

.  nowhere. 

En  cualquiera  parte. 

.  anywhere. 

En  alguna  otra  parte, 

.  somewhere  else 

En  otra  parte, 

.  elsewhere. 

En  ninguna  otra  parte, 

.  nowhere  else. 

Of 

Ti7ne. 

Cuando ? 

.  when  ? 

Entonces, 

• 

.  then. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


141 


Hoi,      . 

.  to-day. 

Ayer,    . 

.  yesterday. 

Cada  dia. 

.  every  day. 

Ayer  manana, 

.  yesterday  morning 

Ayer  tarde,  . 

.  yesterday  evening. 

Anoche, 

.  last  night. 

Ma  nana  J 

.  to-morrow. 

.Despues  de  manana, 

.  after  to-morrow. 

Manana  a  la  noche, 

.  to-morrow  night. 

El  otro  dia,  . 

.  the  other  day. 

Siempre, 

.  ever,  always. 

JVunca, 

.  never. 

Pocas  veces,  . 

.  seldom. 

A?}ienudOj 

.  often. 

Algunas  veces. 

.  sometimes. 

De  cuando  en  cuando,    . 

.  now  and  then. 

La  semana  pasada. 

.  last  week. 

Uitimamente, 

.  lately. 

Ya,       .         ,         .         , 

.  already. 

Aun,    .         .         .         . 

.     .  still. 

Luego,. 

.  presently. 

Prontamente, 

.  quickly. 

Brcvementej  . 

.  shortly. 

Tarde, 

.  late. 

Tempranoj    . 

.  early. 

Presto, 

.  soon. 

Con  liempo,  . 

.  betimes. 

142 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR 


Antiguament, 

1       L.KAJ1J1AK. 

.  formerly. 

En  tiempo  air  as,   . 

.  heretofore. 

En  lo  sucesivoj 

.  hereafter. 

AAora, . 

.  now. 

Antes,  . 

.  before. 

Despues, 

.  after. 

Desde,  . 

.  since. 

Mucho  tiempo  ha,  . 

.  long  ago. 

Haste,  . 

.  until. 

Continuamente, 

.  continually. 

Of  Order. 

Primer  0, 

.  first. 

Solve  todo,    . 

.  above  all. 

En  primer  lugar,  . 

.  in  the  first  place. 

En  segundo  lugar, 

.  in  the  second  place 

Despues, 

.  after. 

A  montones,   . 

.  in  heaps. 

Confusaniente, 

.  confusedly. 

Sin  distincion. 

J         .  indiscriminately. 

Of 

Quantity. 

Mucho, . 

.  much. 

Demasiado,    . 

.  too  much. 

Mas,      . 

.  more. 

Poco,     . 

.  little. 

Casi,     . 

.  almost. 

SPANISH    GRAMMAR, 


143 


Bastante, 

, 

.  enough. 

Harto,  . 

.  sufficiently. 

Totalmente,    . 

.  wholly. 

Of  Comparison. 

Mas  que, 

.  more  than. 

Menos,  . 

.  less. 

Mejor,  . 

.  better. 

Del  mismo  modo, 

.  likewise. 

Antes  mas,     . 

.  rather  more. 

Feor,     . 

.  worse. 

Mui,      . 

.  very. 

Con  mucho,    . 

.  by  far. 

0/il 

Tanner. 

Bie7i, 

.  well. 

Mai,      . 

.  badly. 

Asi, 

.  thus. 

Apriesa, 

.  hastily. 

Bajo,     . 

.  lowly. 

Presto,  . 

.  quickly. 

Despacio, 

.  slowly. 

Alto,      . 

.  loudly. 

Redo,    . 

.  strongly. 

Furtemente, 

.  strongly  ;    and     all 

those    ending    in 

mentc. 

144 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


Of  Doubt 


Acasoj  . 

. 

. 

.  perhaps. 

Quieza, 

• 

• 

.  perhaps. 

Of  Affirmation. 

Si,        .        . 

, 

. 

.  yes. 

Sin  duda, 

. 

, 

.  without  doubt 

Ciertammfe,  . 

. 

, 

.  sureh\ 

De  todos  modos^ 

. 

.  by  all  means. 

De  seguro  or  Pvr  supuesfo. 

.  of  course. 

Of 

Kegat 

ion. 

No,      .        . 

, 

.  no. 

m,     .      . 

. 

.  nor. 

TampocOy 

. 

.  neither. 

De  ningun  modn 

. 

.  by  no  means. 

De  ninguna  siierte, 

.  in  no  wise. 

Prepositions    point    out    relations    of   nouns   to 
each  other — are  indeclinable  and  invariable. 


■4, 

Ante  J 
Con, 

Contr 


.  before. 
.  with,    in 

with. 
.  against. 


company 


SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 


145 


Dt,       .        . 

,  from,  ot 

Dcsde,    . 

.  until. 

En, 

.  in,  into. 

Entre,   . 

♦  among. 

Hacia,  , 

.  until. 

Hasfaj  . 

,  until. 

Fara,    , 

.  for. 

For,       . 

.  beg,  for. 

Segun,  . 

.  according  to. 

Sin, 

.  with. 

Sobre,    . 

,  on. 

Tras,     . 

.  across. 

The  compound  are, 

Para  que, 
Conforme  d,  . 
En  quanta  d, 

A  causa  de,  . 
Antes  de, 
En  r^dedor  de, 
Cerca  de, 
Delante  de,     . 
Dentro  de,     . 
En  f  rente,     . 


.  in  order  that 

.  like  to. 

.  as  regards. 

,  on  account  o£ 

.  before. 

.  around, 

.  near. 

.  before, 

,  within. 

.  opposite  to. 


Interjections  vary  so  as  scarcely  to  be  considered 
words,  and  in  this  compend  are  omitted. 


146  SPANISH    GRAMMAR. 

The  Spanish  does  not  differ  from  the  other  lan- 
guages in  its  general  principles  from  other  tongues. 
It  is,  however,  impossible,  in  such  a  compend  as 
this,  even  to  refer  to  its  rules. 

We  may  say  as  much  of  prosody. 


GEAMATICA    I^^GLESA 


La  gramatica  Inglesa  es  el  arte  ae  escribir  y  de 
hablar  la  lengua  Inglesa,  con  corectitiid. 

El  discurso  se  sirve  de  nueve  partes  de  oracion ; 
a  saber,  Sustantivo  6  Nombre,  Articulo,  Adjective, 
Pronombre,  Yerbo,  Adverbio,  Conjuncion  y  Inter- 
jeccion. 

La  ultima  puede  ser,  no  es  una  palabra  pura, 
pero  una  esclamacion  variando  con  las  eraociones  de 
toda  persona. 

El  articulo  the  no  tiene  variacion  de  caso,  genero, 
6  numero.  Se  declina  per  medio  de  las  preposi- 
ciones  asi. 

Ejemplo, 

Singular, 

N.   The  father,      .         .         .  el  jpadre. 
G.    Of  the  father, .         .         .del  ;padre. 


148 


GRAMATICA    TNGLESA. 


D.  To  the  father, . 
Ac.  The  father,  . 
A.    From  the  father, 


.  d^  6  'par a  el  padre. 

.  el,  6  al  padre. 

.  delj  6  par  el  padre. 


Plural. 


N.  The  fathers,  . 
G.  Of  the  fathers, 
D.  To  the  fathers, 
Ac.  The  fathers,  . 
A.   From  the  fathers. 


los  padres, 
de  los  padres. 
a,  6  para  los  padres, 
los  6  a  los  padres, 
de  los,  6  por  los  pa- 
dres. 


Los  nonibres  proprios  de  personas,  ciudades, 
paises,  etc.,  no  toman  el  articulo,  como  :  John,  of 
John,  Juan,  de  Juan,  etc. 

A  6  an  se  esprimen  en  Espaiiol  por  un  or  una, 
Se  sirve  de  a  delante  de  los  nombres  que  se  prin- 
cipian   con  un  consonante,  con  A  aspirada   6  por 

uny. 

Ejemplo. 

N.   A  friend, 

Gr.    Of  a  friend,    . 

D.    To  a  friend,   . 

Ac.  A  friend, 

A.    From  a  friend. 


N.    An  hour, 
Gr.    Of  an  hour 


.  de  un  amigo. 

.  al,  6  para  el  amigo. 

.  el  6  al  amigo. 

.  del,  6  por  el  amigo. 

.  una  hora. 
.  de  una  hora. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA.  149 

D.    To  an  hour,    .  .  .  a  6  jiara  una  hora. 

Kq.  An  hour,         .  .  .  una  hora. 

A.    From  an  hour,         .  .  de^  6  jpor  una  hora. 

No  se  debe  confundir  el  articulo  a  6  an  con  el 
adjectivo  numerico  que  sirve  especificarle.  En  la 
lingua  Inglesa  se  esplica  el  adjectivo  numerico  por 
one. 

NOMBRES. 

Son  verbos  que  exprimen,  cosas,  personas,  lujares, 
y  cualidades. 

En  la  lengua  Inglesa,  se  hallan  dos  numeros  de 
nombres,  y  tres  generos. 

El  plural  de  los  substantives  se  forma  general- 
mente  por  la  anadicion  de  s  al  masculino  del  sin- 
gular. 

Ejemplo. 


Singular. 

dog. 

.  un  perro. 

house, 

.  una  casa. 

chair. 

.  una  silla. 

Plural. 
Dogs,  .....  j>erros. 


150 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Houses, 
Chairs, 


.  casas. 
.  sillas. 


Excepciones. 

Si  el    singular  termina  en  chy    sh,   5,    6,   x^  se 
debe  aiiadir  es  para  formar  el  plural : 


A  church, 
A  wish, 
A  glass, 
A  box. 


ar. 


Plural. 


una 
un  deseo. 
un  vaso. 
una  caja. 


Churches, 
AYishes, 
Glasses, 
Boxes, 


.  iglesias. 

.  deseos. 

.  vasos. 

.  cajas. 


Substantivos  que  acaban  con  un  y  precedido  de 
una  6  mas  consonantes,  en  lugar  de  y  tienen  ies 
por  hacer  el  plural,  as  lady  6  ladies ^  senora  y 
seiioras.  Los  nombres  que  terminan  en  y  no  pre- 
cedidos  de  un  consonante  seguen  la  regla  general, 
como,  day^  days,  dia,  dias. 

Las  consonantes  que  terminan  en  /  forman  el 
plural  es  vesco,  loaf,  loaves j  pan,  panes,  etc. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


151 


Los  suhstantivos  que  terminan  en  6  forman  el 
plural,  en  anadiendo  es,  como,  cargo^  cargoes^  car- 
gazon,  cargazones,  etc. 

Estes  nombres  son  irregulares  en  el  plural. 


Singular. 

Antithesis,   ....  Antitesis, 

Appendix,    . 

.  Apendice. 

Arcanum,     . 

.  Arcano. 

Automaton, . 

.  Automata. 

Axis,  . 

.  Eje. 

Basis,  . 

.  Base. 

Bandit, 

.  Bandido. 

Calx,   . 

.   Cal. 

Cherub, 

.    Queruhin 

Child,  . 

.    Criatura. 

Crisis, . 

.    Crisis. 

Criterion, 

.   Criterio. 

Datum, 

.    Verdad.    priiicipio, 
admitido. 

Dissresis, 

.  Dieresis. 

Die,     . 

.  Dado, 

Effluvium,    , 

.  EJluvio. 

Ellipsis, 

.  Elipsc. 

Emphasis, 

.  Enfasis. 

Encomium, 

.  Encomio, 

152 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Erratum, 

.  Errata^ 

Foot,   . 

.  Pie. 

G-enius, 

.   Genio. 

Grenus, 

.   Genero^ 

Groose, . 

.   Ganso, 

Hypothesis,  . 
Index,  . 

.  Hipotesi. 
.  Indice. 

Lamina, 
Louse,  . 
Man,    . 

.  Hoja  de  metal. 
.  Piojo. 
.  Homhre. 

Medium, 

.  Medio. 

Memorandun 

I,        .          .          .  Not  a.,  memoria. 

Metamorpho. 
Mouse, 

sis,      .          ...  Metamorfosis. 

.   Raton. 

Ox,      . 
Penny, . 

Phenomenon, 

.  Buey. 

.  Peuique^  moneda  de 

Inglaterra. 
.  Fenomeno. 

Pea,      . 

.   Guisante. 

Radius, 

.  Radio. 

Stamen, 

.  Estambre     de     las 

Stratum, 

Jlores. 
.  Lecho. 

Vortex, 

.    Voi'lice 

Woman, 

.  Mujer. 

Plural. 


Antitheses, 


.  Antitesis. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


153 


Appendices, 

.  Ajpendices. 

Arcana, 

.  Arcanos. 

Automata,  . 

.  Automatas. 

Axes, 

.  Ejes. 

Bases, 

.  Bases. 

Brethren,     . 

.  Hermanos  en   Jem- 

crista^  6  espiritu- 

ales. 

Banditti, 

.  Banclidos. 

Calces, 

.   Cales. 

Cherubim,    . 

.    Qiteruhines. 

Children,      . 

.   Criaturas. 

Crises, 

.    Crises. 

Criteria, 

.    Criterios. 

Data,  . 

.    VerdadeSj  etc. 

Diaereses, 

.  Dieresis. 

Dice,   . 

.  Dados. 

Effluvia, 

.   EJiuvios. 

Ellipses, 

.  Elipses. 

Emphases,  . 

.  Enfasis. 

Encomia  or  encomiums. 

.  Encomios. 

Errata, 

.  Err  at  as. 

Feet,  . 

.  Pies. 

Genii, . 

.   Genios. 

G-enera, 

.   Generos. 

Geese, 

.   Gansos. 

Hypotheses, 

.    .  Hipotesis. 

154 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Indices  or  indexes, 

.   Indices. 

Laminae, 

.   Ilojas  de  metal. 

Lice,  .... 

.  Fiojos. 

Men,  .... 

.  Hombres. 

Media, 

.  Medio s. 

Memoranda  or  memorandums,  Kotas^  memorias 

Metamorphoses,    . 

.  Metamorfosis. 

Mice,  .... 

.  Ratones. 

Oxen, .... 

.  Bueyes. 

Pence, 

.  Feniques. 

Phenomena, 

.  Fenomenos. 

Peas  or  pease, 

.   Guisantes. 

Radii, 

.  Radios. 

Stamina, 

.  Estambres     de 

Jiores. 

Strata, 

Lechos. 

Vortices, 

.    Vortices. 

Women, 

.  Mujeres. 

las 


Todo  lo   que  la  naturaleza  6   el   arte  ha  hecho 
doble,  no  tiene  singular,  como  : 

Limosna. 


Aims, . 
Annals, 

.  Anales. 

Antipodes,   . 

.  Antipodas 

Ashes, 

.    Cenizas. 

Bellows, 

.  Fuelles. 

Breeches,     . 

.   Calzones. 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


155 


Bowels, 

.  Intestinos. 

Cresses, 

.  B  err  OS. 

xJvegSj 

Hez. 

Entrails,  • 

.  Entranas. 

Ethics, 

.  Etica,  moral. 

Literati, 

.  Literatos. 

Lungs, 

.  El  pulmon. 

JNIinutiae, 

.  Bagatelas. 

Mathematics, 

.  Matemdticas. 

Metaphysics, 

.  Metafisica. 

Oats,  . 

.  Avena. 

Optics, 

.   Optica. 

Politics, 

.  Politica. 

Scissors, 

.    Tijeras. 

Shears, 

.  Especie    de     tij 
grandes. 

Snuffers, 

.  Despaviladeras. 

Thanks, 

,   Gracias. 

Tongs, 

,    Tenazas. 

Wages, 

. 

.   Salario. 

Muchos  nombres  no  tienen  plural ;  tales  son  los 
de  virtudes,  vicios,  habitos,  metales,  liquidos,  y 
muchas  yerbas  y  especies  de  granos : 


Barley, 

Business, 

Darkness, 


.  Cebada, 
.  Negocios. 
.  Obscuridad. 


156 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Food,  . 

.  Alimetito. 

Knowledge, 

.  Conodmiento. 

Learning, 

.  Ciencia. 

Parsimony, 

.  Parsimonia. 

Progress, 

.  JProgreso. 

Spinach, 

.  Esjpinacas. 

Strength, 

.  Fuerza. 

Rubbish, 

.  Escomhros. 

Wheat, 

.  Trigo. 

Wealth, 

.  Riqueza. 

Pueden  usarse  tanto  en  singular  como  en  plural 

sin  mudanza  alguna,  los  nombres  siguientes : 

Apparatus,  ....  Aparato. 

Grouse, 

.  Gallina  silvestre. 

Deer,  . 

.  Gamo. 

Hiatus, 

.  Grieta. 

Means, 

.  Medio. 

News, . 

.  JVoiicias. 

People, 

.  Pueblo^  gente. 

Series, 

.  Serie. 

Species, 

.  E specie. 

Sheep, 

.  Garner 0. 

Swine, 

.  Marrano. 

DEL  GENITIVO. 

Tienen  los  Ingleses  dos  genitivos  6  dos  modos 
de  es  espresar  la  posesion. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA.  157 

Cuando  se  designa  un  ser  viviente,  este  en  cas- 
tellano  es  geuitivo  ;  se  esprime  en  Ingles  la  misma 
idea  por  la  anadicion  de  un  s  precedida  de  un  apos- 
trofe. 

Se  ilustrara  esta  leccion  con  muchissimos  ejem- 
plos  : 

The  king's  palace,         .  El  palacio  del  rey. 
Pilchard's  hat,       .  .  El  sovihrero  de  Fdcardo. 

A  wise  man's  life,  .  La  vid.i  deunkombresabio. 


LOS  ADJETIVOS,  ETC. 

Los  adjetivos  Ingleses  jamas  varian  la  letra 
finale  : 

A  good  man,         .         .  Un  hombre  bueno. 

A  beautiful  lady,  etc.,    .  Una  dona  hermosa. 

En  el  Ingles  siempre  precede  el  adjativo,  el 
nombre.     Esta  regula  no  tiene  variacion. 

Se  forma  el  plural  de  los  adjetivos  por  el  aiiadir 
de  la  letra  s.     Esta  regula  no  tiene  variaciones. 

El  positivo  es  la  forma  mas  simple  de  los  adje- 
tivos ;  es  la  simple  espresion  de  cualidad. 

El  comparativo  se  forma  por  la  anadicion  de  er, 
or,  al  ultimo  sjlaba  del  positivo,  como  : 

Rich,  richer,  .         .  Rico^  mas  rico. 

Wise,  wiser,  .         .  Sabio^  mas  sabio. 


153 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Por  forma  el  plural  se  acede  solamente  a  la  letra 
finale  la  s  : 

Wiser  man,  .         .         .  Mas  sahio. 

Wiser  men, .         .         .  Mas  sabios. 

El  superlative  se  forma  por  la  anadicion  de  st  or 
est  a  la  terminacion  del  positivo,  como, 

jS^eat,  neater,  neatest. 

Limpioj  inas,  limpio.  limpisimo. 

Pero  se  elida  algunas  veces  cuando  se  termina  con 
un  vocal  el  adjetivo,  la  e  finale,  como  : 

Fine,  finer,  finest. 

Fino^  masfinOy  finisimo. 

Se  Lallan  en  la  lengua  Inglesa  muchijemas  es- 
epciones  que  no  se  puede  esplicar  en  un  compen- 
dio  como  este. 


LOS  NOMBRES  ORDINALES. 

One,      . 

.  U7i0j  una. 

Two, 

.  dos. 

Three,  . 

.  tres. 

Four,    . 

.  cuatro. 

Five,     . 

.  cinco. 

Six,      .         . 

.  seis. 

Seven, 

.  siete. 

Eight,  .         . 

.  ocho. 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


159 


Nine,    . 

Ten, 

Eleven, 

Twelve, 

Thirteen, 

Fourteen, 

Fifteen, 

Sixteen, 

Seventeen. 

Eighteen, 

Nineteen, 

Twenty, 

Twenty-one, 

Twenty-two, 

Twenty-three, 

Twenty-four, 

Twenty-five, 

Twenty-six, 

Thirty, 

Forty,  . 

Fifty,    . 

Sixty,    . 

Seventy, 

Eighty, 

Ninety, 

A  hundred^ 

Two  hundred, 


.  nuevc. 

.  diez. 

.  once. 

.  doce. 

.  trace. 

.  catorce. 

.  quince. 

.  dies  y  sets. 

.  diez  y  siete. 

.  diez  y  ocho. 

.  diez  y  7iueve. 

.  veinte. 

.  viente  y  uno. 

.  veinte  y  dos. 

.  veinte  y  tres 

.  veinte  y  cuatro 

.  veinte  y  cinco, 

.  viente  y  seis, 

.  trienta. 

.  cuarenta. 

.  cincuenta. 

,  sesenta, 

.  setenta. 

.  ochenta. 

.  novoita. 

.  ciento^  una  centena, 

.  doscientos. 


160 


GRAMATICA    TNGLESA, 


A  thousand, 
Twelve  hundred,  . 
Fifteen  hundred,  . 
Two  thousand. 
Twenty-nine  thousand, 
A  miilion,     . 

Two  millions, 


mil^  tin  millciT. 
mil  y  doscientos. 
mil  y  quinientos. 
dos  mil. 

viente  y  nucve  mil. 
ten  milloii^  un  cuen- 

to. 
dos  milliones. 


Se  advierte  que  se  puede  decir  iicenty-07ie^ 
ticcnty-two\  etc.  Es  necessario  exceptuar  la 
fecha  del  aiio,  en  que  no  se  puede  hacer  uso  de^:^- 
and-twe?ity^  tico-and-ticenty .^  etc. 

Se  hallan  el  Espaiiol  como  en  otras  lenguas  nu- 
meros  oidinales.     Los  siiruentes  son  de  estra  clase. 


i^n-st,    . 

.  primero. 

Second, 

.  segundo. 

Third, 

.  tercero. 

Fourth, 

.  cuarto. 

Fifth,   , 

.  quinto. 

Sixth,  . 

.  sesto. 

Seventh, 

.  sejptimo. 

Eighth, 

.  octavo. 

Ninth, 

.  nono. 

Tenth, 

.  decimo. 

Eleventh,      . 

.  undecimo. 

Twelfth, 

.  duodecimo 

GRAMATICA    IXGLESA. 


161 


Thirteenth, 
Fourteenth, 

Fifteenth, 

Sixteenth, 

Seventeenth, 

Eighteenth, 

Nineteenth, 

Twentieth, 

Thirtieth, 

Fortieth, 

Fiftieth, 

Sixtieth, 

Seventieth, 

Eightieth, 

Ninetieth, 

Hundredth, 

Thousandth, 

Last,    . 

Twenty-first, 

Thirty-first, 

Forty-first,    . 

Fifty-first,     . 

Sixty-first,     . 

Seventy-first, 

Eighty-first, 

Ninety-first, 

First,    . 


.  decimo  tercio. 
.  decimo  cuarto. 
.  decimo  quint o. 
.  decimo  sesto. 
.  decimo  sej'^timo. 
,  decimo  octavo. 

decimo  nono. 
.  vigesimo, 
,  trigesimo. 
,  cuadragesimo. 
,  quinquagesimo. 
,  sexagesimo. 
,  septuagesimo. 

octogesimo. 

nonagesimo. 

centcsimo. 

milesimo. 

ultimo. 

vigesimo  primo. 

trigesimo  primo. 

cuadragesimo  pri 

quinquagesimo  pr. 

sexagesimo  primo. 

septuag:simo  pri. 

octogesimo  primo. 

nonagesimo  prim. 

primeramente. 


1^2  6RAMATICA    IISGLESA. 

Secondly,      .  .  .  segiindamente. 

Thirdly,         .  ,         .  terceramente. 

Fourthly,      .  .  •  cuartamente. 

Se  nota  que  aiiide  siempre  ly  para  hecerlos  ad- 
yerbios 

Hoy  otra  clare   pequena  llamoda   collectiyos  or 
multipHcativos.     Come- 
Double,          .          .  .  dchle. 
Treble,          .         .  .  triple. 
Fourfold,        .         .  .  cuadrwplo. 
Tenfold,         .         .  .  decuplo. 

etc.     anadiendoyb/o?  al  iiumero  cardinal 

A  dozen,        .         .  .  mia  docena. 

A  score,         .         .         .  una  veintena. 

El  pronombre  es  una  palabra  remplazando  un 
nombre  y  sirviendo  evitar  la  repeticion  de  la  misma 
voz, 

Los  pronombres  son  de  varias  clases. 

1.  Los  pronombres  personales  : 


PRIMERA      PERSONA. 

Singular, 

N.   I,  .        . 

,yo. 

0-.   Of  mo,  . 

.demi. 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


163 


D.   To  me,   . 
Ac.  Me, 

A.   From  me, 


N.   We, 
a.    Of  us, 
D.    To  us, 
Ac.  Us, 
A.   From  us 


.  a  miy  6  para  mi. 

.  TMj  6  a  mi. 

.  de  mi,  por  mi^  conmigo. 

Plural. 
.  noSy  6  nosotros,  nosotras. 
.  de  nosotros — tras. 
.  a,  6  para  nosotros — tras. 
.  TioSj  d  nosotros — tras. 
.  por  nosotroSy  de  nosotros- 
tras. 

SEGUNDA    PERSONA. 


Singular. 

N.   Thou,     . 

.  tu. 

0.   Of  thee,. 

.  de  ti. 

D.    To  thee. 

.  a  ti,  6  para  ti,  te. 

Ac.  Thee,     . 

.  te,  d  ti. 

A.   From  thee, 

.  de  tiy  por  ti,  sin  ti,  contigo. 

Plural. 

N.   Ye,  you. 

.  voSy  6  vosotros — tras. 

G.    Of  you,  . 

.  de  vosotros — tras.  \ 

D.    To  you,  . 

.  dy  6  para  vosotros — tras. 

Ac.  You, 

.  d  vosotros — traSy  os. 

A.    From  you. 

.  por  vosotros — tras. 

TERCERA     PERSONA. GENERO     MASCULINO. 

Singular. 

N.  He, 

.eL 

lt)4 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


G.    Of  him,  .         .         .  de  el. 

D.    To  him, .         .         .  a  el,  6  jpara  el,  le. 

Ac.  Hiai,      .         .         .  d  el,  le. 

A..    From  him,      .         .  de  el,  por  el. 

Plural. 
N.    They,  ....  ellos. 
Gr.    Of  them,       .         .         .  de  ellos. 
D.    To  them,      .         .         .  a  ellos,  6  para  ellos,  las. 
Ac.  Them,.         .         .         .a  ellos,  los. 
A.    From  them,.         .         .  por  ellos. 

GENERO    FEMININO. 


N     She,       . 
G.    Of  her,  . 
D.    To  her,  . 
Ac.  Her, 
A.   From  her. 


N.  They,  . 
G.  Of  them, 
D.  To  them, 
Ac.  Them,  . 
A.    From  them, 


N.   It,. 


lar. 
.  ella. 
.  de  ella. 

.  a,  6  para  ella,  le. 
.  a  ella,  la. 
.  par  ella. 
Plural. 
.  ellas. 
.  de  ellas. 

,  a,  6  para  ellos,  las. 
.  a  ellas,  las 
.  por  ellas. 

GENERO    NEUTRO. 

Singular. 
.  elloj  esto. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESi*.  165 


a. 

Of  it,     . 

. 

.  de  ello,  de  esto. 

D. 

To  it,     . 

, 

,djelloy  6  esto. 

Ac 

at,.      . 

. 

.  ello  J  esto. 

A. 

From  it, 

.  de  ello  J  por  ello  6  esto. 

Plural. 

Lo  mumo  que  el  del  genero  masculino  y  femenino. 
Se  sirve  en  la  lengua  Inglesa  de  este  pronombre 
ultimo,  cuando  se  trata  de  las  cosas  inanimadas  6 
de  los  animales  cuyo  sexo  no  es  definido. 

2.  Pronombres  compuestos  6  reflexivos  : 

Myself,         .  yo  mismo,  misma. 

Thyself,        .  tu  mismo^  misma. 

Himself,        .  el  mismo. 

Herself,         .  ella  misma. 

Itself,  .  .  el  mismo^  ella  mismo  {hahlando  de  una 

cosa  inanimada). 
Ourselves,     .  nosotros  mismos,  6  nosotras  mismas. 
Yourselves,  .  vosotros  mismos,  6  vosotras  mismas. 
Themselves, .  ellos  mismos^  ellas  mismas. 
One's  self,     .  uno  mismo ^  una  misma. 

Todos  estes  se  declinan  con  las  preposiciones. 

3.  Los  pronombres  posesivos. 
Estos  tienen  varias  sub-clases,  viz. : 


166  GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


PRONOMBRES    POSESIYOS    CONJUNTIVOS. 

Singular. 

1  Persona.         Mj,       mi^  mis. 

2  Persona.         Thy,     tu,  tus. 

3  Pers.  Masc.    His,  ^ 

Fern.     Her,  v 
Neut.    Its,    r""^- 

Plural. 
1  Persona.  Our,        nuestro — ifro5. 


2  Persona.   Your,       vucstro — tros. 


7iuestra — tras 
vucstro — tros. 
vuestra — tras. 


3  Pers.  Masc.  Their, 
Feni.  Their, 
Neut.  Their, 

PRONOMBRES    POSESIVOS    RELATIVOS    6    ABSOLUTOS. 

Singular. 

Mine,         inio^  mia^  mios,  mias. 
Thine,        tuyoj  tuya.,  tuyos^  tuyas. 

His,  \  , 

'  i  suyoj  suya^  suyos^  suyaSj  de  uno^ 

Hers,  >       ,   , 

'  L       o  de  una. 

Its,  } 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


167 


Ours, 


nuestro- 


Pliiral. 
■tra^  iimstros — tras. 
tra^  vuesiros — tras. 
Theirs,       suyo,  suya^  suyos^  suyas,  clc  muchos. 


Yours,       vuestro 


Tienen  su  nombre  los  primes  porque  sienipre 
son  nuidos,  a  una  cosa  6  persona  ;  los  segundos 
tanibien  porque  so  refieren  a  alguno  cosa  6  persona 
mencionada  antes.  Se  declinan  los  dos  por-medio 
de  las  preposiciones. 

3.  Pronombres  relatives  y  interrogativos  : 

Singular  y  Phual. 
N.   "VYhich,  Qwe,  ei  cu.al,  la  C2uil,  los  acales, 

las  cuales. 
G.    Of  which,         Del  ciuil,  dc  la  cual,  de  los  cuales^ 

de  las  cuales, 
D.    To  which,         Al  aval,  etc, 
Ac.  Which,  Que,  cual,  etc. 

A.   From  which,    Del  cual,  6  jpor  el  cual,  etc 

4.  Los  pronombres  demostrativos  refieren  a  los 
objetos  inmediatos. 

Son  los  sioruentes : 


Singular. 


N.   This, 
G.   Of  this, 


.  Este,  est  a,  esto. 
.  De  esle.  d&  csta. 


168 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


D.    To  this,  . 

Ac.  This, 

A.    From  this 


N.  These,  . 
G.  Of  these, 
D.  To  these, 
x\c.  These,  . 
A.   From  these. 


.  A  6  para  este^  esta. 

.  Este^  est  a. 

.  De  6  jpor  e&te,  est  a. 


.  Estos,  estas. 


Plural 
Esto 
.  De  est  OS,  estas. 
.  A  estos,  estas, 
.  Est  OS,  estas. 
.  Por  estos,  estas. 


PARA    LOS    OBJETOS    DISTANTES. 

Singular. 
N.    That,      .  .         .  Aquel,aqueIla,aqnello^ese, 

esa,  eso. 
G.    Of  that,  .         .         .  De  aquel,  de  aquella,  etc. 
D.    To  that, .         .         .A  aquel,  a  aquella,  etc. 
Ac.  That,       .         .         .  Aquel,  aquclla,  etc. 
A.    From  that,      .         .  De,  6  por   aqitel,  aquella, 
etc. 


N.    Those,   . 

G.  Of  those, 
D.  To  those, 
Ac.  Those,  . 
A,   From  those, 


Plural. 

.  Aqitellos,     aquellas,     esos^ 

esas. 
.  De  aquellos,  etc. 
.  A  6  para  aquellos,  etc. 
.  Aquellos,  etc. 
.  Por  aquellos,  etc. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA.  169 

5.  La  ultima  clase  contiene  los  pronombres  m- 
definidos  no  pertenecientes  a  alguna  de  las  otras 
clases,  son  : 


One,     .  .         .  Uno^  una^  alguno^  alguna. 

Any,     .  .         .  Algunn^  alguna^  cualquiera. 

Many,  ^ 

feeveral,  ) 


'  >  Cada  unOj  todo  e/  mundo^  todos. 


Every,  Cada  todo. 

Everybody, 

Every  one 

Some,  -^^^gOj  algunos,  los  unos. 

Somebody,  )    ..  . 

Some  one,    \  ^'^''"'''  ''^^"'^- 

Some  people,  \ 

Some  folks,     >-  Algunos^  algmias. 

Some  men,      ) 

Other,  Otro^  otra^  otros^  otras.     . 

Others,  Otros^  otras. 

The  same,         El  mismo,  la  misma^  los  mismoSj  la§ 

mismas. 

All,  Todo,  toda,  todos,  todas. 

The  whole.        El  todo. 

Everything,       Todo. 

Whoever,       )  ^   . 

_^,  V  Quienqmcra  que  sea. 

Whosoever,    ) 

What,  Qz^e,  lo  que,  aquello  que. 


no 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA, 


Whatever, 

Whatsoever, 

Whichsoever, 

Each, 

Each  other, 

One  another. 

Such, 

Both, 

Either, 


Neither, 
None, 
Nobody, 
No  one, 
Not  one. 
Not  any, 
Nothing, 


f  Cualquura^  sea  c/,  la^  6    lo    que 
\      fuere. 

Cada,  cada  uno^  cada  una. 
^  El  uno  y  el  otro^  la  una  y  la  otro, 
)      etc. 
Tal^  seme j ante. 
AmboSy  entrambos^  los  dus. 
Cualquiera^   cado   uno^   el   unOj  6    el 

otro^  etc. 
Ni  uno  ni  otro^  ni  el  uno  ni  el  otro^  etc. 
JVadie,  ninguno^  ninguna,  etc. 
Nadie^  ninguna  persona. 


Nadie^  nrnguno,  mnguna^  no. 


Nada. 


El  uso  solamente  puede  demonstrar  la  significa- 
cion  precisa  de  estas  pronombres.  Esta  es  la 
razon  porqne  no  damos  mas  largas  esplicaciones, 
que  no  admitiran  las  limitos  de  una  obra  pequena 
como  esta. 


VERB  OS. 

El  verbo  significa  ser,  hacer    6  sufrir.     La  len- 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


171 


gua  inglesa  tiene   pocos  modos  y  tiempos  con  ter- 
minacions,  y  por  espresar  la  idea  del  verbo  se  sirve 
de  algunos  verbos  que  se  llaman  ausiliares. 
El  premero  de  estas  es, 


To  have,      . 

.  Haher  6  tener. 

Modo  Indi 

cativo — Tiem/po  Presente. 

I  have. 

.  Yo  he^  6  tengo. 

Thou  hast,    . 

.  Tu  has ^6  tienes. 

He  has. 

.  El  ha,  6  tierie. 

She  has. 

.  Ella  ha,  6  tiene. 

We  have, 

.  JVosotros  hemoSj  6  tenemos. 

You,  or  ye  have. 

.  Vosotros  haieis,  6  teneis. 

They  have,  . 

.  Ellos,  6  ellos  han,  6  tienen. 

Preterite 

-)  Imjperfedo  y  Perfedo. 

I  had,  . 

.  Yo  habia,  6  tenia;   huhe^ 

6  tuve. 

Thou  hadst, . 

.  Tu  hahias,  etc. 

He  had, 

.  El  hahia,  etc. 

We  had,       . 

.  JSFosotros  habiamos,  etc. 

You  had. 

.  Vosotros  habiaisj  etc. 

They  had,     . 

.  Ellos  habian,  etc. 

Futuro. 

I  shall  have, . 

.  Yo  habre,  6  tendre. 

Thou  shalt  have,  . 

.  Tu  habrdsj  etc. 

He  shall  have, 

.  El  habrdj  etc. 

172 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


We  shall  have, 
You  shall  have, 
They  shall  have, 


I  will  have,  . 
Thou  wilt  have, 
He  will  have, 
We  will  have. 
You  will  have. 
They  will  have. 


.  Nosotros  hahremos^  etc. 
.  Vosotros  hahreisj  etc. 
.  Ellos  hahrdn^  etc. 

Otro. 

.  Yo  hahre^  6  tendre. 

.  Tu  hahrcis^  etc. 

.  El  hahrd^  etc, 

.  Nosotros  hahremos^  etc. 

.  Vosotros  hahreis^  etc. 

.  Ellos  hahrdn,  etc. 


Modo  Imperativo. 


Have,  . 

Let  him  have, 

Let  her  have. 

Let  us  have. 

Have,  . 

Let  them  have, 


.  Ten  tu. 

.  Tenga  el. 

.  Tenga  ella. 

.  Tengamos  nosotros. 

.  Teiicd  vosotros. 

.  Ten g an  ellos ^  6  ellas. 


Modo  Suhjuntivo — Presente. 
That  I  may  have, .         .  Que  yo  haya,  6  tenga. 
That  thou  mayest  have.  Que  tu  kayaSj  etc. 
That  he  may  have,         .  Q^ie  el  haya^  etc. 
That  we  may  have,        .  Que  nosotros  hayamos^  etc. 
That  you  may  have,      .  Que  vosotros  hayais,  etc. 
That  they  may  have,     .  Que  ellos  hayan^  etc. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


173 


Preterito   Imjperfecto. 


I  might  have. 


Thou  mightest  have. 
He  might  have,     . 
We  might  have,     . 
You  might  have,  . 
They  might  have, . 


.  Yo  hubicra,  hahria^  etc., 

tuvieraj  etc. 
.  Til  kubieraSj  etc. 
.  JSl  kiibiera,  etc. 
.  Nosotros  kubieramoSj  etc. 
.  Vosotros  kubierais^  etc. 
.  Ellos  hubieran,  etc. 


I  could  have, 

Thou  couldst  have. 
He  could  have, 
"We  could  have,     . 
You  could  have,    . 
They  could  have,  . 


Otro. 

.  Yo    hubiera,    habria,    hu- 

biese  ;  tuviera^  etc. 
.  Tu  kubieraSj  etc. 
.  JSl  hubiera. 

.  Nosotros  hubieramoSj  etc. 
.  Vosotros  hubierais,  etc. 
.  Ellos  hubieran,  etc. 


I  would  have, 

Thou  wouldst  have, 
He  would  have,     . 
We  would  have,    . 
You  would  have,  . 
They  would  have, . 


Otro. 

.  Yo    hubiera,    habria,   hu- 

biese,  etc. 
.  Tti  hubieras,  etc. 
.  El  hubiera,  etc. 
.  Nosotros  hubieramos,  etc. 
.  Vosotros  hubierais,  etc. 
.  Ellos  hubieran,  etc. 


174 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


I  should  have, 

Thou  shouldst  have, 
He  should  have,    . 
We  should  have,   . 
You  should  have, . 
They  should  have, 


Otro, 

.  Yo    hubiera,  habria,  etc., 

t2iviera,  etc. 
.  Tu  hubieras,  etc. 
.  JEl  hubiera,  etc. 
.  Nosotros  hubieramos,  etc. 
.  Yosotros  Aubierais,  etc. 
.  Ellos  hubieran,  etc. 


Futuro  Imjperfedo. 
If  I  should  have,  .         .  Si  yo  kubiere,  6  fuviere. 
If  thou  shouldst  have,    .  Si  tu  hubieres,  etc. 
If  he  should  have. 
If  we  should  have, 
If  you  should  have. 
If  they  should  have. 


.  Si  el  hubiere,  etc. 
.  Si  nosofros  hubieremos,  etc. 
.  Si  vosotros  kubiereis,  etc. 
.  Si  ellos  hubiercn,  etc. 


Infinitivo. 
Presente.      To  have,      .  Haber,  6  tener. 
Gerundio,    Having,       .  Habieiido,  6  teniendo. 
Participio,  Had,  .         .  Habido,  6  tenido. 

El  verbo  ausiliar  segundo  es  to  be  (ser  6  estar). 

Modo  Indicativo. — Presente. 
I  am,    .         .         .         .  Yo  soy^  6  estoy. 
Thou  art,     .         .         .  Tu  eres^  etc. 
He  is,  .         .         .         .El  esy  etc. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


175 


We  are,        .         .         .  JVosotros  somos^  6  estamoi 
You  are,      .         .         .  Vosotros  sois^  etc. 
They  are,     .         .         .  Ellos  son^  etc. 

Preierito  Imjperfecto  y  Perfedo. 
I  was,  .         .         .         .  Yo  era^  6  estaba. 


Thou  wast. 
He  was, 
We  were, 
You  were. 
They  were, 


I  shall  be,     . 
Thou  shalt  be, 
He  shall  be. 
We  shall  be. 
You  shall  be, 
They  shall  be, 


I  will  be. 
Thou  wilt  be, 
He  will  be,  . 
We  will  be,  . 
You  will  be, 
They  wiL'  be, 


.  Tu  eraSy  etc. 

.  I]l  era,  etc. 

.  JVosotros  eramoSj  etc. 

.  Vosotros  eraisy  etc. 

.  Ellos  eran,  etc. 

Future. 
.  Yo  sere,  6  estare. 
.  Tu  serds,  etc. 
.  ^l  sera,  etc. 
.  Nosotros  seremos,  etc. 
.  Vosotros  sereis,  etc. 
.  Ellos  serdn,  etc. 

Otro. 

.  Yo  sere,  6  estare. 

.  Til  seras,  etc. 

.  El  sera,  etc. 

.  JVosotros  seremos,  etc, 

.  Vosotros  sereis,  etc. 

.  BUos  serdn,  etc. 


176 


GRAMATICA    I>GLESA. 


Be,      . 

Let  him  be 
Let  her  be, 
Let  us  be, 
Be,       . 

Let  them  be. 


Imperatico. 

.  iSe,  6  este  tu. 

.  Sea^  6  este  el. 

.  Sca^  6  este  ella. 

.  Seamos,  6  estemos  nosotros. 

.  Sedj  6  estad  vosotros. 

.  Sean,  6  est  en  ellos,  6  ellas. 

Suhjmiiivo. — Presente. 


That  I  may  be,  . 
That  thou  majest  be, 
That  he  may  be,  . 
That  we  may  be,  . 
That  you  may  be, 
That  they  may  be, 


.  Que  yo  sea  6  este. 

.  Tu  seas,  etc. 

.  El  sea,  etc. 

.  Nosotros  seamos,  etc. 

.  Vosotros  seals,  etc. 

.  Ellcs  sean.  etc. 


I  might  be, 


Pretcrito  Imferfedo. 

.  Yo  fuera,  seria  6  fuese  ; 


Thou  mightest  be. 
He  might  be, 
"We  might  be. 
You  might  be, 
They  might  be,     . 

I  could  be,    . 


.  Tu  flier  as,  etc. 

.  El  fuera,  etc. 

.  Nosotros  fueramos,  etc. 

.  Vosotros  fuerais,  etc. 

.  Ellos  fueran,  etc. 

Otro. 

.  Yo  fuera,  seria  6  fuese  ; 
estuviera,  etc. 


GRAMA  TIC  A    INGLESA. 


177 


Thou  couldst  be, 
He  could  be, 
We  could  be, 
You  could  be, 
They  could  be, 


I  would  be,  . 

Thou  wouldst  be. 
He  would  be, 
We  would  be, 
You  would  be. 
They  would  be, 


I  should  be,. 

Thou  shouldst  be, 
He  should  be. 
We  should  be, 
You  should  be,     . 
They  should  be,    . 


.  Tu  faeras^  etc. 

.  El  fitera^  etc. 

.  Nosotros  fueramos,  etc 

.  Vosotros  fuerais,  etc. 

.  Ellos  fueran^  etc. 

OtTO. 

.  Yo  fuera,  seria   6  fuese; 

estuviera,  etc, 
.  Tu  fueras^  etc. 
.  Elfucra^  etc. 
.  Nosotros  fueramos^  etc. 
.  Vosotros  fueraisy  etxj, 
.  Ellos  fueran,  etc. 

Oiro. 

.  Yo  flier  a,  seria  6  fuese  ; 

estuviera^  etc, 
.  Til  fiLcras,  etc. 
,  El  flier  a  ^  etc. 
.  Nosotros  fueramosy  etc, 
.  Vosotros  fucrais,  etc. 
.  Ellos  fueran^  etc. 


Futuro  Imperfect 0. 
If  I  should  be,      .         .  Si  yo  fuerey  6  esticviere. 
If  thou  shouldst  be,      .  Si  tufiieres,  etc. 


If  he  should  be, 


,  Si  el  flier  e,  etc. 


178  GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 

If  we  should  be,    .         .  Si  nosotros  fueremos^  etc. 
If  jou  should  be,  .         .  Si  vosotros  fuereia^  etc. 
If  thej  should  be,         .  Si  ellos  fitereii,  etc. 

Injinitivo. 
Fresente^     To  be,  .  Ser^  6  estar. 

Gerundioj   Being,.         .  Siendo,  6  eslando. 
Pariicipioy  Been,  .         .  Sido,  6  estado. 

Una  referenda  a  los  dialogos  que  seguen  eso 
compendio  de  gratuatica  demostrara  como  se  tra- 
duzcan  los  frases  Espanoles,  por  esta  razon  no  es 
necesario  esplical  el  uso  y  la  significacion  de  los 
modes  y  tiempos  de  los  verbos  auxiliares  de  la  len- 
gua  Inglesa. 

Los  sales  tiempos  regolares  y  simples  del  verbo 
Inglese  son  el  presente  que  se  forma  asi. 

El  infinitive  es  : 


Presente.     To  call,        .  Llamar. 

Gerundio.    Calling,        .  Llamado. 

Participio,  Called,         .  Llamando. 

Indicative 

>. 

I  call  (or  do  call),  . 

.  Yo  llamo. 

Thou  callest  (or  dost  call), 

.  Til  llamas. 

He  calls  (or  does  calls), . 

.  El  llama. 

We  call  (or  do  call),       . 

,  Nosotros  llajnamos. 

Ye  call         " 

,  Vosotros  llamais. 

They  call      " 

Ellos  6  ellas  llaman. 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA.  179 

Se  hallan  terminaciones  th  y  tth  en  la  segunda 
persona  del  singular  como  he  doth  6  doeth^  el  hace  ;  se 
sirve  solamente  de  estefrasen  la  Sagrada  Escritura, 
en  los  libros  antiguos,  en  el  estilo  sostenido  y  en 
la  poesia. 

La  forma  del  tiempo  presente,  /  do  call ;  se  for- 
ma con  el  verbo,  to  do  ;  que  tiene  algunas  veees 
una  signincacion  ausiliar. 

Se  halla  una  otra  forma  con  el  gerundio,  como, 
/  am  calling^  etc.  Todos  estes  se  esprimen  por 
los  personas  Espanolas,  yo  llamo,  til  llamas,  etc. 

Se  forma  el  preterito  y  perfecto  por  la  anadi- 
cion  de  o  si  el  iafinitivo  tiene  c  finale,  6  ed  si  con 
un  consonante,  o  otro  vocal  al  radice,  como,  call^ 
called^  love,  loved,  llamar,  llauiai,  amar,  amai. 

Se  sirve  de  otros  formas  en,  /  did  call,  I  was 
calling  ;  esprimidos  tambien  por  yo  llamai. 

Para  sabar  los  otros  tiempos  falta  solamente  re- 
ferir  a  las  conjugaciones  de  los  verbos  Espaiioles 
en  el  compendio  de  la  gramatica  Espanola  para 
saber  como  esprimirlos. 

Se  hallan  en  la  lengua  Inglesa  muchissimas  irre- 
gularidades.  Todos  estes  consisten  en  la  forma- 
cion  del  preterito  y  perfecto  y  del  participio.  El 
uso  de  los  verbos  ausiliares  en  los  otros  tiempos 
escluye  otra  irregularidad.  Basta  entonges  sola- 
mente  presenta   una   lista   completa   para    hacer 


ISO 


GRAMATICA     INGLESA. 


connocer  la  formacion  de  los  dos  primeros  tiem- 
pos: 


Tnfinitivo  y  Presente.      Freterito  Imperfecto 

Partieipio. 

y  Perfecto. 

To  abide, 

habitar. 

abode. 

abode. 

To  arise, 

levantarse. 

arose, 

arisen. 

To  awake, 

despertar, 

awoke. 

awaked. 

X  o  bake, 

cocer  al  horno. 

baked. 

baked. 

To  be,  I»am, 

ser,  o  estar, 

was. 

been. 

To  bear,      ' 

sostener,  sufrir, 

bore. 

borne. 

To  beat. 

batir,  apalear. 

beat, 

beaten. 

To  become, 

Uegar  a  ser  algo. 

became. 

become. 

To  befall, 

.  acaecer. 

befell, 

befallen. 

To  beget. 

engendrar, 

begot, 

begotten. 

To  begin. 

empezar, 

began, 

begun. 

To  begird, 

cenir. 

begirt. 

begirt 

To  behold. 

mirar,  ver,  observar,  beheld, 

beheld,    or 

holden. 

To  bend, 

doblar,  encorvar. 

bent, 

bent. 

To  bereave. 

despojar, 

bereft, 

bereft 

To  beseech, 

suplicar, 

besought, 

besought 

To  beset, 

rodear,  sitiar, 

beset. 

beset 

To  bespeak. 

encommendar,  eucar- 

gar, 

bespoke. 

bespoken 

To  betake. 

agarrar,  aplicarse, 

betook, 

betaken. 

To  bethink. 

reflexionar. 

bethought, 

bethought 

To  bid. 

mandar,  pedir, 

bade. 

bidden. 

To  bind. 

a  tar. 

bound, 

bound. 

To  bite. 

morder. 

bit. 

bitten. 

To  bleed. 

sangrar, 

bled. 

bled. 

To  blow. 

soplar. 

blew. 

blown. 

To  break, 

romper. 

broke. 

broken. 

To  breed. 

criar,  engendrar. 

bred. 

bred. 

To  bring, 

traer, 

brought. 

brought 

To  build, 

construir,  edificar, 

,    built, 

built 

To  burn, 

quemar, 

burned, 

burnt 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


181 


To  burst, 

reventar, 

burst, 

burst. 

To  buy, 

comprar. 

bought. 

bought. 

To  cast, 

amoldar,  fundir,  ar- 

rojar. 

cast. 

cast. 

To  catch. 

coger, 

caught, 

caught. 

To  chide, 

renir,  reganar. 

chid. 

chidden. 

To  choose,  o 

chuse, 

elegir, 

choose. 

chosen. 

To  clap, 

palmotear, 

clapped. 

clapt. 

To  cleave, 

rajar,  hender, 

clove    (clave. 

cleft). 

cloven  (cleft). 

To  climb. 

trepar, 

climbed, 

climbed. 

To  cling. 

agarrarse,  prenderse,  clung, 

clung. 

To  clothe. 

vestir, 

clothed, 

clad. 

To  come, 

venir, 

came, 

come. 

To  cost, 

costar. 

cost, 

cost. 

To  cramp. 

sujetar,dar  calambre,  cramped. 

crampt 

To  creep, 

gatear,  arrastrarse. 

crept. 

crept. 

To  crop, 

segar, 

cropped. 

cropt 

To  crow, 

cantar  como  un  gall 

0,  crew. 

crowed. 

To  curse. 

maldecir, 

cursed. 

curst. 

To  cut, 

cortar, 

cut. 

cut. 

To  dare, 

osar,  atreverse, 

durst  (dared),   dared. 

To  deal, 

traficar,  barajar. 

dealt, 

dealt. 

To  die. 

morir, 

died. 

dead. 

To  dig, 

cavar,  ahondar, 

<l"g) 

dug. 

To  dip. 

remojar,  sumergir. 

dipped, 

dipt 

To  do. 

hacer. 

did, 

done. 

To  draw. 

tirar,  dibujar. 

drew. 

drawn. 

To  dream, 

sonar. 

dreamt, 

di-eamt. 

To  drink, 

beber, 

drank  (druuk),  drunk  (drunken> 

To  drive, 

guiar,  arrear,  ojear. 

drove. 

driven. 

To  drop. 

gotear,  destillar. 

dropped, 

di-opt. 

To  dwell. 

habitar,  residir, 

dwelt, 

dwelt. 

To  eat, 

comer. 

ate. 

eaten. 

To  fall. 

caer. 

fell, 

fallen. 

To  feed. 

alimentar,  pacer. 

fed, 

fed. 

To  feel. 

palpar,  sentir, 

felt. 

felt. 

182 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


To  nght, 

pelear,  combatir,      fought. 

fought 

To  find, 

hallar, 

found, 

found. 

To  flee, 

huir. 

fled, 

fled. 

To  fling, 

arrojar,  lanzar, 

flung, 

flung. 

To  fly, 

volar,  huir. 

flew, 

flovra. 

To  fold, 

doblar,  cerrar, 

folded. 

folded. 

To  forbear, 

abstenerse. 

forbore. 

forborne. 

To  forbid, 

prohibir, 

forbade. 

forbidden. 

To  forecast, 

preveer. 

forecast, 

forecast. 

To  foresay, 

predecir,  pronosti- 

car. 

foresaid. 

foresaid. 

To  foresee. 

preveer. 

foresaw, 

foreseen. 

To  foretell. 

predecir,  pronosti- 

car. 

foretold, 

foretold. 

To  forget. 

olvidar. 

forgot. 

forgotten. 

To  forgive. 

perdonar. 

forgave. 

forgiven. 

To  forsake. 

abandonar. 

forsook. 

forsaken. 

To  freeze, 

helar, 

froze. 

frozen. 

To  freight. 

fietar. 

fraught. 

fraught. 

To  geld. 

castrar. 

gelded, 

gelt. 

To  get, 

adquirir,  ganar,&c.got. 

gotten. 

To  gild. 

dorar. 

gilt. 

gilt 

To  give. 

dar. 

gave, 

given. 

Togo, 

ir,  andar. 

went, 

gone. 

To  grave. 

grabar. 

graved. 

graven  (graved). 

To  grind, 

moler. 

ground, 

ground. 

To  grow. 

crecer. 

grew, 

grown. 

To  bang, 

colgar,  ahorcar, 

hung  (Iian, 

ged)  hung. 

To  have. 

haber,  o  tener. 

had, 

had. 

To  hear, 

oir. 

heard. 

heard. 

To  heava 

a,lzar, 

hove  (heaved),  heaved. 

To  help, 

asistir,  ayndar. 

helped. 

helped  (holpen). 

To  hew, 

cor  tar,  hachear, 

hewed. 

hewn. 

To  hide, 

esconder, 

hid. 

hidden. 

To  hiss, 

silbar. 

hissed. 

hissed. 

To  hit. 

golpear,  dar  en  la 

I 

bianco, 

hit, 

hit 

To  hold. 

asir.  tener,  parar, 

held, 

held  (holden). 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA 


183 


To  hnrt, 

danar,  herir. 

bm-t. 

hurt. 

To  jump, 

saltar, 

jumped, 

jumped. 

To  keep, 

guardar,  tenor. 

kept, 

kept. 

To  kneel. 

arrodillarse, 

knelt, 

knelt. 

To  knit, 

liar,  hacer  punto 

de  media. 

knit, 

knit. 

To  knock, 

tocar,  Uamar  a 

la 

puerta. 

knocked. 

knocked. 

To  know. 

saber, 

knew, 

known. 

To  lade, 

cargar. 

laded. 

laden. 

To  lay, 

poner,  colocar, 

laid. 

laid. 

To  lead, 

conducir, 

led. 

led 

To  leap. 

saltar. 

leaped. 

leapt. 

To  learn. 

aprender, 

learned. 

learnt 

To  leave, 

dejar. 

left, 

left. 

To  lend, 

prestar. 

lent, 

lent. 

To  let. 

permitii-,  arrendar,  let. 

let. 

To  lie. 

acostar, 

lay. 

lain. 

To  light, 

alumbrar, 

lit  (ligbted). 

Ut  (lighted). 

To  load. 

cargar. 

loaded. 

loaden  (loaded). 

To  lose, 

perder. 

lost, 

lost 

To  lie. 

mentir. 

lied. 

lied. 

To  make. 

bacer. 

made, 

made. 

To  mean. 

significar, 

meant. 

meant. 

To  meet. 

encontrar. 

met. 

met. 

To  melt, 

derretir. 

melted. 

melted  (molten). 

To     misbe- 

come. 

desconvenir. 

misbecame. 

misbecome. 

To  misgive. 

causar  recelo, 

misgave. 

misgiven. 

To  mislay, 

desarreglar,  colocar 

mal, 

mislaid. 

mislaid. 

To  misundoi 

stand. 

equivocar. 

misunderstood,  misunderstood- 

To  mow. 

guadanar,  segar, 

mowed. 

mown. 

To  overbear, 

,  sojuzgar. 

overbore, 

overborne. 

To  overcast. 

anublar,  cubrir, 

overcast, 

overcast 

To  overcome,  veneer, 

overcame, 

overcome. 

To  overdo, 

exceder, 

overdid, 

overdone. 

IS4 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 

To  overdrive 

,  an-ear  demasiado, 

overdrove, 

overdriven. 

To  overflow, 

inimdar, 

overflowed, 

overflown. 

To  overbear, 

entreoir. 

overheard, 

overheard. 

To  oversee. 

inspeccionar. 

oversaw. 

overseen. 

To  overset, 

volcar,  trastornar, 

,      overset. 

overset 

To  overslip, 

OHiitir, 

overslipped, 

ov&rslipt 

To  overtake. 

alcanzar. 

overtook. 

overtaken. 

To  overthrow,  trastornar. 

overthrew, 

overthrown. 

To  outshine. 

resplandecer,  brillar,  outshone, 

outshone. 

To  outstand, 

resistir. 

outstood, 

outstood. 

To  owe, 

debar  (duedas  o 

fa- 

vores). 

owed. 

owed. 

To  pass, 

parar, 

passed. 

past. 

To  pay. 

pagar. 

paid. 

paid. 

To  pluck. 

arrancar. 

plucked. 

plucked. 

To  put. 

poner, 

put, 

put. 

To  read. 

leer. 

read, 

read. 

To  reap. 

segar. 

reaped. 

reaped. 

To  rend, 

rasgar. 

rent, 

rent. 

To  rid. 

librar,  zafarse, 

rid, 

rid. 

To  ride, 

cabalgar,  montar 

a 

caballo. 

rode. 

ridden. 

To  ring. 

tocar  la  campanilla. 

repicar. 

rang. 

rung. 

To  rise. 

levantarsc, 

rose, 

risen. 

To  rive, 

rejar,  bender, 

rivev 

riven. 

To  rot. 

pudrirse, 

rotted. 

rotted. 

To  run. 

correr. 

ran, 

run. 

To  saw. 

serrar, 

sawed. 

sawn. 

To  say, 

decir, 

said, 

said. 

To  see. 

ver. 

saw, 

seen. 

To  seek, 

buscar, 

sought. 

sought. 

To  seethe. 

cocer,  hervir. 

seethed, 

sodden. 

To  sell. 

vender. 

sold, 

sold. 

To  send. 

enviar. 

sent. 

sent 

To  set, 

poner. 

set. 

set 

To  shake, 

estremecer, 

shook, 

shaken. 

To  shave, 

afeitarse, 

shaved. 

8haven. 

GRAMATICA     INGLESA. 


185 


To  shear, 

csquilar. 

sheared. 

shorn. 

To  shed, 

vertir,  derramar, 

shed. 

shed. 

To  shew,  0 

to 

show, 

mostrar. 

shewed  o  showed,  shewn  o  shown. 

To  shine, 

lucir. 

shone, 

shone. 

To  shoe, 

herrar, 

shod, 

shod. 

To  shoot, 

tirar,   brotar,   disp; 

a- 

rar. 

shot, 

shot 

To  shred. 

picar,  desmenuzar, 

shred. 

shred. 

To  shrink, 

encogerse, 

shrank,  shrunk,  shrunk. 

To  shrive, 

confesar, 

shrove. 

shriven. 

To  shut, 

cerrar. 

shut. 

shut 

To  sing. 

cantar. 

sang, 

sung. 

To  sink. 

hundirse, 

sank  (sunk), 

sunk  (sunkenX 

To  sit. 

sentarse, 

sat. 

sat  (sitten). 

To  slay. 

matar. 

slew. 

slain. 

To  sleep. 

dormir, 

slept, 

slept 

To  slide, 

resbalar,  deslizarse. 

,  slid. 

slidden. 

To  sling. 

tirar  con  honda. 

slung. 

slung. 

To  slink, 

escabullirse,  abortar,  slunk. 

slnnk. 

To  slip, 

resbalar. 

slipped. 

slipt 

To  slit. 

rajar,  hender. 

slit. 

slit 

To  smell, 

oler. 

smelt, 

smelt. 

To  smite, 

herir,  golpear. 

smote, 

smitten. 

To  snow, 

nevar. 

snowed. 

snown. 

To  sow. 

sembrar. 

sowed. 

sown. 

To  speak. 

hablar. 

spoke, 

spoken. 

To  speed. 

acelerar. 

sped. 

sperL 

To  spell. 

deletrear, 

spelt. 

spelt 

To  spend. 

gas  tar. 

spent. 

spent 

To  spill, 

derramar,  verter. 

spUt  or  spilled. 

spilt  or  spilled. 

To  spin. 

hilar. 

spun, 

spun. 

To  spit. 

escupir. 

spat. 

spitten. 

To  split, 

hender,  dividir, 

split. 

split 

To  spread, 

esparcir, 

spread. 

spread.  ' 

To  spring. 

brotar,  saltar, 

sprung  or  spran; 

g,  sprung. 

To  stamp, 

patear,  pisar,  acunai 

•,  stamped. 

stamped. 

To  steal, 

hurtar, 

16* 

stole, 

etoleco. 

186 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 

To  stand, 

estar  en  pie, 

stood. 

stood. 

To  step, 

andar,  dar  un  paso. 

stepped. 

stept  or  stepped. 

To  stick. 

pegar,  juntar,  fijar. 

stuck, 

stuck. 

To  sting, 

aguijonear,  punzar. 

stung. 

stung. 

To  stink. 

■  heder. 

stunk  or  stank. 

stunk. 

To  sti-ide, 

atrancar.dar  trancos, 

,  strode. 

stridden. 

To  strike. 

herir,  golpear, 

sti-uck, 

sti-uck  or  stricken. 

To  sti-ing. 

encordar, 

strung, 

strung. 

To  strip. 

despojar,  desnudar. 

sti-ipped. 

stript  or  stripped. 

To  sti-ive. 

contender,  esforzarse,  strove, 

striven. 

To  swear. 

jurar, 

swore, 

sworn. 

To  sweat. 

sudar, 

sweat. 

sweat 

To  sweep, 

ban-er. 

swept. 

swept. 

To  swell. 

hinchar. 

swelled, 

swollen. 

To  swim, 

nadar, 

swam. 

swum. 

To  swing, 

balancear,   columpi- 

arse, 

swang  or  swung,  swxmg. 

To  take, 

tomar, 

took, 

taken. 

To  teach, 

ensenar. 

taught. 

taught 

To  tear. 

despedazar, 

tore. 

torn. 

To  tell. 

dccir. 

told, 

told. 

To  tliink, 

pensar. 

thought. 

thought 

To  thrive. 

medrar,  prosperar. 

throve, 

thriven. 

To  throw. 

arrojar.  tirar,  lanzar. 

threw. 

thrown. 

To  thrust, 

empujar. 

thrust, 

thrust. 

To  tread. 

pisar. 

trod. 

trod. 

To  vex, 

vejar. 

vexed, 

vexed  or  vext 

To  unbend. 

destorcer,  aflojar, 

unbent, 

unbent 

To  undergo, 

sufrir, 

underwent, 

undergone. 

To  understand  entender,comprender,understood. 

understood. 

To  undei-tak 

e,  emprender. 

undertook, 

undertaken. 

To  undo, 

deshacer. 

undid. 

undone. 

To  wax. 

encerar,  aumentarse 

,   waxed, 

waxed  or  waxen. 

To  wear, 

traer,  usar, 

wore. 

worn. 

To  weave, 

tejer, 

wove, 

woven. 

To  weep, 

llorar, 

wept, 

wept 

To  wet, 

mqjar,  humedecer, 

wet. 

wet 

To  whip. 

azotar, 

whipped, 

whipped  or  whii"*. 

To  win, 

ganar, 

won, 

won. 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


187 


To  wind, 

girar,  soplar, 

wound, 

wound. 

To  withdraw,  retirarse, 

withdrew, 

withdrawn. 

To  withhold 

,  detener,  impedtr, 

withheld. 

withheld. 

To  withstand,  resistir, 

withstood, 

withstood. 

To  work, 

trabajar. 

wrought(worked)wrought(worked) 

To  ^vrap, 

envolver, 

wrapped, 

wrapt 

To  wring, 

torcer. 

wrung, 

wrung. 

To  write, 

escribir. 

wrote, 

written. 

To  writhe, 

torcer  con  violencia, 

writhed, 

writhen. 

Para  formar  el  pasivo  del  verbo  inglese  se  anade 
solamente  el  participio  al  verbo  ausiiiar  to  be,  ser 
6  estar. 

Puede  ser  necesario  insertar  la  conjugacion  del 
verbo    semi-auxiliar,  /  can.      Yo    puede   que   no 

tiene  infinitivo. 

Ejemplo. 

I  can,  .  .  .  Yo  piiedo. 

Thou  canst,  .  .  .  Tu  puedes. 

He  can,         .  .  .El puede. 

We  can,        .  .  .  Nosotros  podemos. 

You'can,       .  .  .  Vosotros  podeis. 

They  can,      .  .  .  Ellos  pneden. 

I  could,         .  .  .  Yo  podia,  pude,  pudiera, 

pudiese. 

Thou  couldst,  .  .  Tu  podias. 

He  could,      .  .  .El  podia,  etc. 

We  could,     .  .  .  Nosotros  podiamos,  etc. 

You  could,  .  .  .  Vosotros  podiais,  etc. 

They  could, .  .  Ellos  podian,  etc. 


188 


GRAMATICA    IXGLESA. 


I  may, . 
Thou  mayest. 
He  may, 
We  may. 
You  may, 
They  may 

I  miofht. 


Thou  mightest, 
He  might,     . 
We  might,    . 
You  might,  . 
They  might, 


.  Yo  puedo. 

.  Tu  puedes. 

.  El  fue.de. 

.  Nosotros  podemos. 

.  Vosotros  podeis. 

.  Ellos  pueden. 

.  Yo  podia^  pude,  pudiera 

pudiese. 
.  Tu  podias,  etc. 
.  El  podia  J  etc. 
.  Nosotros  podiamoSj  etc. 
.  Vosotros  podiais,  etc. 
.  EUos  podiaji,  etc. 


Se  forma  el  negativo  el  ingles  por  el  adverbio 
notj  no  que  sigue  los  tiempos  simples,  y  se  halla 
entre  el  verbo  auxiliar  y  el  participio  de  vosotros, 
como,  /  call  not  j  I  do  not  call^  yo  no  llamo,  etc. 

Se  puede  decir  que  no  tiene  la  lengua  Inglesa 
otras  clases  de  verbos  como  reflectivos.  La  sola 
defencia  es  que  para  esprimir  esa  idea  el  objectivo 
y  subjectivo  referen  a  la  misma  persona. 


ADVERBIOS,   PREPOSICIONES,  CONJUN- 
CIONES  E  INTER JEGIONES. 


Los  adverbios  se  forman  de  los  adjetivos  anadi- 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA.  189 

endo  la  silaba  ly  como,  brave,  hravdy,  honest, 
honestly,  bravamente,  honradamente.  Quando  el 
adjetivo  tiene  una  e  fiaale,  se  elida  la  letra  ultima, 
como,  true,  truly,  veraments. 

Los  adverbios  preceden  el  adjetivo  y  siguen  el 
verbo,  a  excepcion  de  always^  siempre ;  never, 
nunca  6  jamas  ;  often,  frecuentamente  ;  seldom, 
raras-yeces  ;  que  lo  preceden.  En  tiempos  com- 
puestos  tienen  estos  cuatro  entre  el  auxiliar  y  el 
participio.  Los  adverbios  con  la  terminacion  ly 
pueden  6  precedir  e  seguir  el  verbo. 

Los  adverbios  que  tienen  la  idea  de  lugar  van 
frecuentamente  seguidos  de  las  preposiciones  of,  by, 
at,  in,  u'ith,  etc.,  de,  por,  encima,  en,  dentro,  con, 
y  entonces  las  preposiciones,  this,  that,  which,  etc., 
como. 


Hereof, 

. 

.  de  esto. 

Thereof, 

. 

.  de  eso. 

Hereby, 

. 

.  jpor  esto,  6  esta,  etc. 

Los  conjunciones  son  palabras  que  sirven  para 
"unir  las  cosas,  personas  6  ideas.  Las  mas  usitados 
son  : 

And,    .         .         .         .  Y. 
As  if,  .         .         .         .  Como  si. 
So  that,        .         .         .  De  manera  que. 
Insomuch  that,     .         .  De  suerte  que. 


190 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


Yet,    .        .        .        . 

However, 

Although,  though,  6  tho' 
In  short. 
For,      . 
Nevertheless, 
But,    . 
If,  whether, . 
Viz.,  6  namely, 
Inasmuch  as, 
Rather  than, 
In  order  that, 
Either,    or,    6    neither 
nor,      -    . 


Con    iodoy   sin    embargo, 

pero. 
Como   qiiiera  que    sea,   al 

jncnos. 
uiunque. 

En  fin^  en  suma. 
Porque^  'para  que. 
Con  todo  eso. 
Pero. 

Si,  sea  que. 
Es  decir,  a  saber. 
En  tanto  que. 
Antes  que,  mas  bien  que. 
A  Jin  de. 

Ni. 


Las  interjeciones  no  son  precisamente  palabras 
pero  esclamaciones  involuntarias  ;  jamas  son  una 
parte  necesario  de  una  frase  ;  aqui  siguen  las  prin- 
cipales. 


Ah!    . 

.  /  Ah  !  ;ay! 

Alas  !  . 

.  i  Ay  ! 

Well! 

.  /  Bien  ! 

Fie!    . 

.  i  Que  verguenza. 

How !  what ! 

.  i  Como  !  i  que  ! 

Cheer  up !  . 

i  Animo  !  /  alegrarse  ! 

GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


191 


Hold!. 

.  /  Tente  ! 

Softly ! 

.  /  Despacito  ! 

Husli  ! 

.  i  Chiton  ! 

Huzza ! 

.  /  Viva  / 

Oh!    , 

.  /  Oh  ! 

Una  atencion  a  los  dialogos,  referiendose  a  la 
traducion  castillana,  hara  el  uso  de  las  preposi- 
clones  mas  inteligible  al  lector  que  calquieras  re- 
golas  podemos  dar  en  este  compendio.  A  las 
dialogos  que  siguen  referimos  el  lector  con  mucho 
respecto. 


A.  YOCABULAEY  OF  THE  ADYERBS, 
ADJECTIVES,  YEEBS,  AND  JS^OUJSTS 
MOST  FREQUENTLY  USED. 


The  following  Dialogues  are  abridged  from  the 
Grammar  or  Dialogues  of  Hermandez,  almost  the 
only  Spanish  Grrammar  known  in  Europe,  and  the 
bases  of  the  various  publications  which  have  ap- 
peared with  such  rapidity.  The  Compiler  of  this 
Hornbouk  has  done  nothing  more  than  add  a 
phrase  here  and  there  relating  to  the  arts  of  mining, 
and  the  peculiar  productions  of  California  and 
Mexico : 

Adverts  of  Order.  Adverhios  de  OrdcTi. 

First  of  all,  at  first,  or 

firstly,       .         .         .  Primeramente. 
For  the  first  time,  .  For  la  primera  vez. 


DIALOGUES. 


193 


In  the  first  place,  . 
Secondly,  or  in  the  se- 
cond place, 
Next,  or  nearest,  . 
Afterwards,  . 
Above  all,     . 
Before  all,    . 
By  turns,  or  alternately. 
Together, 
In  heaps. 

In  order,  or  orderly, 
In  disorder,  . 
Confusedly,  . 
Distinctly,    . 
Indiscriminately,  . 
In  fine. 
At  last, 


En  primer  lugar. 

En  segundo  lugar. 

El  mas  proximo. 

Despues  de  esto. 

Sobre  todo. 

Ante  todo. 

Alternativamente. 

Juntamente. 

A  montones. 

En  6rden,u  ordenadamente 

Desordenadamente. 

Confusamente. 

Distintafnente. 

Indistintamente. 

En  fin. 

Por  ultimo. 


Of  Number. 

How  many  times  ? 
Once,  . 
Twice,  etc.,  . 
Several  times, 
A  few, . 

More,  or  further, , 
Every  third  day, 


De  Numero. 

.  ;  Cuantes  veces  ? 
.  Una  vez. 
.  Dos  veces,  etc. 
.  Muchas  veces. 
.  Unos  cuantos. 
.  Mas,  aun  mas. 
.  Cada  tres  dias. 


194 

DIALOGUES. 

Of  Flact. 

Dt  Lugar, 

Where?        . 

.  I  En  donde  ? 

Here,  . 

.  Aqui. 

There, . 

.  AUi. 

Which  way  ? . 

.  ;  Por  donde  ? 

That  way,     . 

.  Por  alii. 

This  way, 

.  Por  aqui. 

Whither  ?      . 

.  I  Adonde  ? 

Abroad, 

.  Fuera  (en  el  extrarjero). 

Without, 

.  Afuera, 

Within, 

.  Adentro. 

Round  about. 

.  Al  rededor. 

Aside,  . 

.  Aparte. 

Above, . 

.  Arriba. 

Over,    . 

.  Sobre. 

Under, . 

.  Abajo. 

Whence, 

.  De  donde. 

Hence, . 

.  De  aqui. 

Thence, 

.  De  alia. 

Nigh  at  hand. 

.  Cerca,  a  la  mano. 

Somewhere,  . 

.  En  alguna  parte. 

Nowhere, 

.  En  ninguna  parte. 

Of  Time, 

Del  Tiemjpo. 

When  ? 

.  c'  Cuando  ? 

To-day, 

.  Hoy. 

Yesterday,    . 

.  Ayer. 

DIALOGUES. 


195 


Yesterday  morning. 

Yesterday  evening, 

Last  night,    . 

To-morrow,  . 

The  day  after  to-mor- 
row. 

Every  day,    . 

The  day  before  yester- 
day, . 

Last  week,    . 

Lately, 

Already, 

Still,  as  yet,. 

Not  yet. 

Now,  at  present, 

Just  now. 

By  and  by,  . 

Quickly, 

Shortly, 

Late,    . 

Early,. 

Soon,  . 

Betimes, 

As  soon  as,  . 

Too  soon,     . 
Formerly,     . 


Ayer  mafiana. 
Ayer  tarde. 
Anoche. 
Mariana. 

Pasado  manana. 

Todos  los  dias.     Cada  dia. 

Antes  de  ayer. 

La  semana  pasada. 

Ultimamente. 

Ya. 

Aun,  todavia. 

Aun  no,  todavia  no. 

Ahora,  al  presente. 

Ahora  justamente. 

Luego,  de  aqui  a  poco. 

Prontamente. 

Brevemente. 

Tarde. 

Temprano. 

Presto. 

A  buena  bora. 

Tan  presto  como,  6  luego 

que. 
Demasiado  presto. 
Antiguamente 


196 

DIALOGUES. 

Ever,  always. 

.  Siempre. 

For  ever. 

.  Para  siempre. 

Never, . 

.  Nunca,  jamas. 

Seldom, 

.  Raras  voces. 

Often,. 

.  A     menudo,    6     muchas 

voces. 

Sometimes,  . 

Algunas  voces. 

Now  and  then. 

.  De  cuando  en  cuando. 

Before, 

.  Antes. 

After, . 

.  Despues. 

Since, . 

.  Desde. 

Lono^  ao;o,     . 

.  Mucho  tiempo  ha. 

Again, 

.  Otra  vez. 

Till,  until,    . 

.  Hasta. 

Of  Quantity 

De  Cantidad. 

More, . 

.  Mas. 

Less,  . 

.  Menos. 

Little, 

.  Poco  (6  pequeiio). 

Much, 

.  Mucho. 

As  much  as. 

.  Tanto  como. 

How  much  ? 

.  I  Cuanto  } 

Almost, 

.  Casi. 

Not  at  all,    . 

.  Nada. 

Wholly,        . 

.  Enteramente,  totalmente. 

Partly, 

.  En  parte. 

Separately  or  sing 

y,      .  Separadamente. 

DIALOGUES. 


197 


By  halves, 
In  flocks, 
In  crowds. 
Altogether, 
In  parcels, 
In  droves. 
In  shoals, 


.  Por  mitades. 

.  En  manadas 

.  En  tropeL 

.  Todo  junto. 

.  En  porciones. 

.  En  hatos,  6  rebanos. 

.  En  cardumen. 


Of  Affirmation. 

Yes,    . 
Indeed, 

Truly,  or  verily,  . 
By  all  means. 
At  all  events. 
Undoubtedly,  or  doubt- 
less, _      .  .         , 
Surely,  or  to  be  sure,    . 


De,  AJirmacion. 

Si. 

En  verdad,  6  de  veras. 

Yerdaderamente. 

De  todos  modes. 

En  todo  caso. 

Indudablemente. 
Ciertamente. 


Of  Negation. 


No,      . 
Not,     . 
Not  at  all, 
Nothing, 
Negatively, 


De  Negacion. 

.No. 

.No. 

.  De  ninguna  manera. 

.  Nada. 

.  NecrativameDte. 


Nothing  less  than  that,  Nada  menos  que  eso. 


198 


DIALOGUES. 


Of  DouUing. 

If,    . 

Perhaps, 
Scarcely, 
By  chance 
Probably, 
That  may  be 
It  is  doubtful 


De  Dwda. 
,  Si. 

.  Puede  ser. 
.  Apenas. 
.  Por  acaso. 
.  Probablemente. 
.  Eso  puede  ser. 
.  Es  dudoso. 


It  is  very  precarious,     .  Es  muy  precario. 


Of  Showing  and 
Wishing. 
Look,  \ 

Behold,  \o\\ 
See  there, 
Look  here,    . 
Would  to  God,      . 
God  grant,    . 

Of  Rashness^  Confu- 
sion^ and  Haste. 

Rashly, 

Unadvisedly,  inconsider- 
ately. 
Confusedly,  in  disorder. 
At  random,  . 
'opsy-turvy, 


Para  Mostrar  y 

Desear. 

Mirad  !   ved ! 

Yea  vd.  alii. 
Vea  vd.  aqui,  he  aqui. 
Pluguiese  a  Dios. 
Quiera  Dios. 

De  Temeridad^  Con- 
fitsio7i,  y  Priesa, 

Temerariamente. 

Inconsideradamente. 
Atropelladamente. 
A  bulto,  sin  tino. 
Al  reves,  revuelto. 


DIALOGUES. 


199 


Preposterously,     . 

Unawares,    . 

The  wrong  side,   . 

Suddenly,     . 

In  haste. 

Too  fast, 

In  the  twinkling  of  an 


.  Trastrocadamente. 
.  Inesperado. 
.  Al  reves. 
.  Repentinamente. 
.  Apriesa. 
Demasiado  apriesa. 


eye, 


.  En  un  cerrar  y  abrir  de 
ojos. 


Of  Augmentation, 

De  Aumento. 

Quite, . 

.  Enteramente,      completa- 

mente. 

Entirely, 

Enteramente. 

Very  big,      . 

.  Muy  grueso. 

Too  much,    . 

.  Demasiado. 

Without  bounds,  . 

.  Sin  termino. 

Without  limits,      . 

.  Sin  limites. 

Too  close,     . 

i  Demasiado  apretado. 
(  Demasiado  cerca. 

Too  long. 

.  Demasiado  largo. 

Short,  . 

.  Corto. 

High,   .         .         . 

.  Alto. 

Low,    . 

.  Bajo. 

Broad,  or  wide,     . 

.  Ancho. 

Narrow, 

.  Estrecho. 

Thick, . 

.  Espeso. 

200 

DIALOGUES. 

Thin,    . 

.  Delgado. 

Deep,  . 

.  Hondo. 

Shallow, 

.  Somero  (de  poco  fondo). 

Far,      . 

.  Lejos. 

Near,    . 

.  Cerca. 

Hot,     . 

.  Caliente. 

Cold,    . 

.  Frio. 

Extremely, 

.  Extremadamente. 

Neatly, 

.  Pulidamente. 

Vastly,  or  greatly, 

.  Grandemente. 

Of  Moderation 

and             De  Moderacion  y 

Diminutioii 

Diminudon. 

By  little  and  little 

,        .  Poco  a  poco. 

Step  by  step, 

.  Paso  a  paso. 

Softly, . 

.  Blandamente,  despacito. 

Gently, 

.  Suavemente,  despacito. 

By  degrees, . 

.  Por  sus  pasos  contados. 

At  ease. 

.  Descansadamente. 

Minutely, 

.  Por  menor. 

Sparingly, 

.  Con  parsimonia. 

Little,  small, 

.  Poco. 

Other  Adverb 

s.                 Otros  Adverhios. 

Finally, 

.  Finalmente. 

In  short, 

.  Para  abreviar  palabras. 

In  a  word,    . 

.  En  una  palabra. 

In  time,  iimi 

>iy,  . 

.  A  tiempo. 

DIALOGUES.                                   201 

Just  as, 

.  Justamente  como. 

Fitly,.         . 

.  A  proposito. 

Hardly,  scarcely, 

.  Apenas. 

Witli  much  ado,  . 

.  Con  trabajo. 

Well,  . 

.  Bien. 

Ill,       . 

.  Mai. 

Good,  . 

.  Bueno. 

Bad,     . 

.  Malo. 

Happily, 

.  Felizamente. 

Rarely, 

.  Raras  veces. 

Rather, 

.  Mejor,  mas  bien. 

Better, 

.  Mejor. 

Asunder, 

.  Separado,  partido. 

Out  of  my  sight. 

.  Fuera  de  mi  vista. 

At  the  soonest. 

.  Cuanto  antes. 

Like,    . 

.  Como,  semejante. 

Just  so. 

.  Justamente. 

Even  so, 

.  Aun  asi. 

Likewise, 

.  Del  mismo  modo. 

Rather  more  than 

less, .  Antes  mas  que  menos. 

By  far  less,  . 

.  Menos  con  mucho. 

The  least  of  all, 

.  El  menor  de  todos. 

To  what  purpose ." 

.  I  Para  que  ?    ^  con  que  in 

tento  } 

Conjunctions 

Conjunciones. 

And,  . 

.  Y. 

Even, . 

.  Aun 

202 


DIALOGUES. 


Also,  too,  likewise, 

Either, 

Or,      . 

Neither, 

Nor,    . 

If,        . 

Provided  that, 

Then,  . 

Since  that. 

For,     . 

Because, 

Whereas, 

For  instance. 

But,     . 

But  for  all  that. 

Yet,  however, 

Notwithstanding, 

Nevertheless, 

On  the  contrary. 

Except, 

Unless, 

However,  howsoever, 

Though,  although. 

So  much  the  more. 

Besides, 

Further, 

Therefore,    . 


.  Asi  tambien. 

.  0  ;  el  uno  6  el  otro 

.  O. 

.  Ni ;  ni  uno  ni  otro. 

.  No. 

.Si. 

.  Con  tal  que. 

.  Pues. 

.  En  cuanto  4  que 

.  Porque. 

.  Porque. 

.  Cuando,  por  cuanto,  etc. 

.  Por  ejemplo. 

.  Pero,  sino,  que,  etc. 

.  Pero  con  todo  eso. 

.  Sin  embargo. 

.  No  obstante. 

.  Sin  embargo. 

.  Al  contrario. 

.  Excepto,  fuera  de. 

.  A  menos  que. 

.  Como  quiera  que. 

.  Aunque,  bien  que. 

.  Tanto  mas. 

.  Ademas. 

.  Mas,  ademas  de  eso. 

.  Por  tanto,  por  esto. 


DIALOGUES.                                      203 

Wherefore,  . 

.  Por  lo  cual. 

For  the  rest, 

.  Por  lo  dem^s. 

And  above  all, 

.  Y  sobre  todo. 

Interjections. 

Inter jecciones. 

Alas  I  . 

•iAy! 

0  sad  ! 

.  j  Ay  triste  de  mi ! 

0  heaven,    . 

.  i  0  cielo  I 

Ah  unhappy  that  I  ai 

n !  i  Oh  desdichado  de  mi ! 

Shame, 

.  i  Que  vergiienza  ! 

Oh  joy. 

.  i  Que  alegria  ! 

Hang  sorrow  ! 

.  j  Fuera  tristeza  ! 

Cheer  up  !  . 

.  jAlegrarse!  ;  buen  animo  ! 

Well,  well ! . 

.  i  Bien,  bien  ! 

Help,  help!. 

.  i  Favor,  favor  ! 

Ho,  ho  !  hoa  !       . 

.  i  He,  he  !  \  basta ! 

Hollo  !   ho  there  ! 

.  i  Hola  !  i  quien  anda  ahi ! 

Sirrah ! 

.  i  Pillastron  ! 

Hold  your  tongue  ! 

.  i  Calla  ! 

Silence  ! 

.  1  Silencio  I 

Be  quiet !    . 

.  i  Quedo  ! 

Hush  ! 

.  i  Chiton ! 

Good  God  ! 

.  i  Valgame  Dios  ! 

How  then  ! . 

.  i  Como  pues  ! 

WeUdone!. 

.  i  Bien  hecho  ! 

Oh  brave  '  , 

i  Bravo  ' 

204 


DIALOGUES. 


NOMBRES. 


Of  Sacred  Things. 

God,  . 

The  Trinity, 

The  Father, 

The  Son, 

The  Holy  Ghost, 

The  Creator, 

The  Redeemer, 

Paradise, 

Hell,    . 

An  angel,     . 

A  devil. 

The  blessed, 

A  preacher, 

A  priest, 

A  curate, 

A  rector, 

A  bishop,    . 

An  archbishop, 

A  cardinal,  . 

The  Pope,    . 

A  canon, 

A  dean, 

A  vicar, 

A  parish, 


De  las  Cosas  Sagradas. 
.  Dios. 

.  La  Trinidad. 
.  El  Padre. 
.  El  Hijo. 

.  El  Espiritu  Santo. 
.  El  Criador. 
.  El  Redentor. 
.  El  Paraiso. 
.  Elinfierno. 
.  Un  angel. 
.  Un  diablo. 
.  Los  bienaventurados. 
.  Un  predicador. 
.  Un  sacerdote. 
.  Un  teniente  de  cura. 
.  Un  cura. 
.  Un  obispo. 
.  Un  arzobispo. 
.  Un  cardenal. 
.  El  Papa. 
.  Un  canonigo. 
.  Un  dean. 
.  Un  vicario. 
.  Una  parroquia. 


DIALOGUES. 


205 


A  church,     . 
A  steeple,     . 
A  bell, 
The  altar,     . 
The  pulpit,   . 
The  organ,    . 
The  churchyard, 
A  burial, 
The  grave,    . 
The  coffin,    . 
New  Year's  day, 
Twelfthtide,  . 
Twelfth  Day, 
Candlemas,  . 
Shrovetide,    . 
Shrove  Tuesday, 
Ash  Wednesday, 
Lent,   . 
Palm  Sunday, 
Good  Friday, 
E?.ster  Sunday, 

Easter, 
Whitsuntide, 
Ember  Week, 
Christmas  Day, 
Christmas  time, 


.  Una  iglesia. 

.  Un  campanario. 

.  Una  campana. 

.  El  altar. 

.  El  piilpito. 

.  El  organo. 

.  El  cementerio. 

.  Un  entierro. 

.  El  sepulcro. 

.  El  atud. 

.  Dia  de  ano  nuevo. 

.  La  pascua  de  reyes. 

.  La  Epifania. 

.  La  Candelaria. 

.  El  Carnabal. 

.  Martes  de  Carnestolendas. 

.  Miercoles  de  Ceniza. 

.  La  Cuaresma. 

.  Domingo  de  Ramos. 

.  Viernes  Santo. 

.  Domingo    de    Resurreo- 

cion. 
.  Pascua  de  Resurreccion. 
.  Pascua  de  Pentecostes. 
.  Las  cuatro  Temperas. 
.  Dia  de  Navidad. 
.  Pascua  de  Navidad. 


2Ut> 

DIALOGUES. 

Of  Time, 

Bel  Tlempo. 

Of  Time. 

Del  Tiempo. 

Eternity, 

La  eternidad. 

ven, 

cuarto. 

Time, 

El  tiempo. 

A  date, 

LTna  fecha. 

The  day. 

Eldia. 

A  century. 

Un  siglo. 

The  break  of  day  El  amanecer. 

A  quarter  of 

a 

The  dawn, 

El  alba. 

year. 

Un  trimestre. 

The  morning, 

La  manana. 

A  month. 

Un  mes. 

Noon, 

Mediodia. 

Spring, 

La  primavera. 

Afternoon, 

Tarde. 

Summer, 

El  verano. 

Night, 

Noche. 

Autumn, 

El  otono. 

Evening, 

La  tardecita. 

Winter, 

El  invierno. 

Midnight, 

Media  noche. 

The  seasons. 

Las  estaciones. 

A  holiday. 

Un  dia  de  fiesta. 

A  week. 

Una  semana. 

The  holidays, 

Las  vacaciones. 

The  eve. 

La  vispera. 

A  work-day, 

Un  dia  de  labor. 

January, 

Enero. 

To-day, 

Hoy. 

February, 

Febrero. 

Yesterday, 

Ayer. 

March, 

Marzo. 

The    day   before 

April, 

Abril. 

yesterday. 

Antes  de  ayer. 

May, 

Mayo. 

To-morrow, 

Manana. 

June, 

Junio. 

The  day  after  to- 

July, 

Julio. 

morrow. 

Pasado  manana. 

August, 

Agosto. 

The  next  day. 

El  dia  siguiente. 

September, 

Setiembre. 

A  minute. 

Un  minuto. 

October, 

Octubre. 

A  second. 

Un  scgundo. 

November, 

Noviembre. 

An  hour, 

Una  hora. 

December, 

Diciembre. 

Half  an  hour, 

Media  hora. 

A  fortnight. 

Quince  dias. 

A  quarter  of  i 

va. 

Monday, 

Lunes. 

hour, 

Un  cuarto  de  hora.  Tuesday, 

^lartes. 

An  age. 

Un  siglo. 

Wednesday, 

Mi  Creoles. 

A  year, 

Un  ano. 

Thursday, 

Jueves. 

One  o'clock. 

La  una. 

Friday, 

Viernes. 

Three  o'clock, 

Las  tres. 

Saturday, 

Sabado. 

Half  after  six. 

Las  seis  y  media. 

Sunday, 

Domingo. 

A   quarter   after 

The  beginning, 

El  principio. 

nine, 

Las  nueve  y  cuarto  The  middle, 

El  medio. 

A  quarter  to  ele 

-  Las   once  menos 

>  The  end, 

Elfin. 

DIALOGUES. 

207 

Of  Man. 

Del  Hortibre. 

Of  Man. 

Del  Eomdre. 

A-  man, 

Un  hombre. 

An  infant  at  the 

A.  woman, 

Unamujer. 

breast. 

Un  nine  de  teta 

A  boy. 

Un  muchacho. 

A  male  orphan, 

Un  huerfano. 

A  young  man, 

Un  joven. 

A  blind  man. 

Un  ciego. 

A  girl, 

Una  muchacha. 

A  one-eyed  man 

,  Un  tuerto. 

An  old  man. 

Un  viejo. 

A    squint-eyed 

An  old  woman. 

Una  vieja. 

man, 

L^n  bizco. 

Youth, 

La  juventud. 

A  deaf  man, 

Un  sordo. 

Old  age, 

La  vejez. 

A  dumb  man. 

Un  mudo. 

An  elderly  man. 

,  Un  anciano. 

A  lame  man. 

Un  cojo. 

A  bachelor, 

Un  soltero. 

A  cripple, 

Un  estropeado. 

A  maid. 

L'na  doncella. 

A  crooked  man, 

Un  jorobado. 

A  lad. 

Un  mocito. 

A  glutton. 

Un  gloton. 

A  male  child. 

Un  niuo. 

A  drunkard, 

Uu  borrachon. 

The  different  Dc-  Los   dlferenUs     The  different  Los  diferentet 

grees  of  Ki 

n-    GradosdePa-       Degrees  of     Grados  de  Po 

dred. 

rentesco 

Kindred. 

rentesco. 

A  grandfather, 

Un  abuelo. 

A  mother-in-law,Una  suegi-a. 

A  father. 

L"n  padre. 

A  son-in-law, 

Un  yerno. 

A  son. 

Un  hijo. 

A    daughter-in- 

A  grandson. 

Un  nieto. 

law. 

Una  nuei-a. 

A  brother, 

Un  hermano. 

The   brother-in 

- 

A  sister. 

Una  hermana. 

law, 

El  cunado. 

A  cousin, 

Un  primo. 

The  sister-in-law.La  cunada. 

First  cousin, 

Primo  hermano. 

A  stepfather, 

Un  padrastro. 

An  uncle. 

Un  tio. 

A  stepmotlier, 

Una  madrastra 

A  nephew, 

Un  sobrino. 

God-father, 

Padrino. 

A  grandmother, 

,   Una  abuela. 

God-mother, 

Madrina. 

A  mother. 

Una  madre. 

God-son, 

Ahijado. 

A  daughter. 

Una  hija. 

A  relation, 

Un  pariente. 

A  granddaughter,Una  nieta 

A  god-daughter,  Una  ahijada. 

An  aunt. 

Una  tia. 

A  Avidower, 

Un  Tiudo. 

A  niece,       \ 

Una  sobrina. 

A  widow. 

Una  viuda. 

A  husband, 

Un  marido. 

A  foundling, 

Un  exposito. 

A  wife, 

L4.  mujer. 

An  heir, 

Un  heredero. 

A  father-in-law 

,  Un  suegro. 

The  heir-at-law. 

,  El  mayorazga 

208 

DIALOGUES 

Of  ihe  human       Dd  Cuerpo 

Of  the  human       Del  Cuerpo 

Body 

humano. 

Body. 

humano. 

The  body, 

El  cuerpo. 

The  fingers. 

Los  dedos. 

The  five  senses,  Los  cinco  senti 

-  The  nails, 

Las  Unas. 

dos. 

The  toes, 

Los  dedos  de  los 

Sight, 

La  vista. 

pies. 

Hearing, 

El  oido. 

Afoot, 

Un  pie. 

Smelling, 

El  olfato. 

The  breast, 

El  pecho. 

Tasting, 

El  gusto. 

The  ribs. 

Las  costillas. 

Feeling, 

El  tacto. 

The  side. 

El  costado. 

A    member    or 

The  belly, 

El  vientro. 

limb. 

Un  miembro. 

The  back, 

Las  espaldas. 

The  head. 

La  cabeza. 

The  reins. 

Los  rinones. 

The  hail-, 

El  pelo. 

The  thigh. 

El  music 

The  beard, 

Las  barbas. 

The  knee, 

La  rodiUa. 

The  chin, 

La  barba. 

The  leg. 

La  pierna. 

The  face, 

El  rostro. 

The  calf  of  the 

The  forehead, 

La  frente. 

leg, 

La  pantorrilla. 

The  temples, 

Las  sienes. 

The  ham, 

La  corva. 

The  eyes. 

Los  ojos. 

The  ankles, 

Los  tobillos. 

The  eyeball, 

La  nina  del  ojo. 

The  heel. 

El  talon. 

The  eyeUd, 

El  parpado. 

The  skin. 

La  pieL 

The  eyebrow, 

La  ceja. 

The  flesh, 

La  carne. 

An  eyelash. 

Una  pestana. 

A  bone. 

Un  hueso. 

The  cheek. 

La  mejilla. 

The  brain. 

El  celebro. 

The  ear. 

La  oreja. 

The  brains. 

Los  sesor. 

The  nose, 

La  nariz. 

The  heart. 

El  corazon. 

The  nostrils, 

Las  ventanas  de  The  limgs. 

Los  pulmones. 

la  nariz. 

The  liver. 

El  higado. 

The  mouth, 

La  boca. 

The  bowels. 

Las  tripas. 

The  lips. 

Los  labios. 

The  blood, 

La  sangre. 

The  jaw. 

La  quijada. 

A  vein. 

Una  vena. 

The  glims, 

Las  encias. 

A  nerve. 

Un  nervio. 

A  tooth. 

Un  diente. 

An  artery. 

Una  arteria. 

The  teeth. 

Los  dientes. 

The  stomach. 

El  estomago. 

A  back  tooth. 

Una  muela. 

The  pit  of  the  La  boca  del  esto- 

The  tongue. 

La  lengua. 

stomach, 

mago. 

DIALOGUES. 

209 

The  palate, 

El  paladar. 

The  thumb. 

El  dedo  pulgar. 

The  neck, 

El  cuella. 

The  joints, 

Las  coyunturas. 

The  bosom, 

El  seno. 

The  head-ache. 

El  mal  de  cabeza. 

The  throat. 

La  garganta. 

The  tooth-ache. 

El  mal  de  muelas. 

The  shouldei-s, 

Los  hombros. 

The  fever. 

La  fiebre. 

The  arm, 

El  brazo. 

A  cold. 

Un  constipado. 

The  elbow. 

El  codo. 

The  cough. 

La  tos. 

The  wrist. 

La  muneca. 

1  he  small-pox. 

Las  viruelas. 

The  fist, 

El  puno. 

A  sore  throat. 

Un    mal  de   gar- 

The hand. 

La  mano. 

ganta. 

The  right  hand, 

,  La  derecha. 

Sore  e3'es, 

Un  mal  de  ojos. 

The  left  hand, 

La  izquierda. 

OfDre^s. 

Del  Vestido. 

0/ Dress. 

Del  Vestido. 

A  suit, 

Un  vestido. 

A  cane, 

Un  baston. 

A  shirt, 

Una  camisa. 

An  umbrella, 

Un  paraguas. 

A  shift. 

Una    camisa 

de  A  purse, 

Una  bolsa. 

majer. 

A  ring. 

Un  anillo. 

Drawers, 

Calzoncillos. 

A  sword. 

Un  espadin. 

Breeches, 

Calzones. 

Spectacles, 

Los  anteojos 

Stockings, 

Medias. 

A  black  petticoat,Una  basquina. 

Garters, 

Las  llgas. 

A    white    upper 

Slippers, 

Las  chinelas. 

petticoat. 

Unas  enaguaa. 

Boots, 

Botas. 

The  under  petti 

Shoes, 

Zapatos 

coat. 

El  zagamo. 

A  coat. 

Una  casaca. 

A  hoop  petticoat,Un  tontillo. 

A  waistcoat. 

LTn  chaleco. 

A  plain  cap, 

L^n  gorro. 

Leather  gaiters. 

Polainas. 

A  dress  cap, 

Una  escofieta. 

Cloth  gaiters, 

Botines. 

The  stays, 

La  cotilla. 

Stock, 

Corbatin. 

•  Un    vestido    de 

Cravat, 

Corbata. 

mujer. 

A  neckcloth. 

Una  corbata. 

A  gown. 

Una  bata,  vestido 

The  sleeves, 

Las  mangas. 

tolar. 

The  ruffles. 

Los  vuelos. 

An  apron. 

Un  delantal. 

A  pocket, 

Un  bolsiUo. 

A  looking-glass, 

Un  espejo. 

The  buttons. 

Los  botones. 

Lace, 

Encaje. 

The  buttonhole3,Lo3  ojales. 

Pins, 

Alfileres. 

The  lining, 

El  forro. 

A  pincushion, 

Un  acerico. 

210 

DIALOGUES. 

The  collar, 

El  cuello. 

Ear-rings, 

Lc6  pendientea, 

A  cloak, 

Una  capa. 

Bracelets, 

Los  brazaletes. 

A  great  coat, 

Una  levita. 

A  ring, 

Una  sortija. 

A  hat. 

Uu  sombrero. 

A  necklace. 

Un  collar. 

A  wig. 

Una  peluca. 

A  riband. 

Una  cinta. 

A  handkerchief, 

Un  panuelo. 

Jewels, 

Las  alhajas. 

Gloves, 

Los  gu  antes. 

A    set   of  dia- 

Un  aderezo  de  ^ia- 

A  cap, 

Un  gorro  o  gorra 

.      monds, 

mantes. 

A  muff. 

Un  manguito. 

A  fan, 

Un  abanico. 

A  comb. 

Un  peine. 

A  veil, 

Un  velo. 

A  brush. 

Una  cscobilla. 

Clogs, 

Los  chapines. 

A  watch. 

Un  reloj  de  bol 

-  False  hair, 

Pclo  postizo. 

sillo. 

A  mantle, 

Un  capotillo. 

A  snuff-box, 

Una  tabaqnera. 

A  shawl, 

Un  chaL 

Of  a  IIou>ie. 

De  lona  Casa. 

Of  a  House. 

Be  una  Casa. 

A  house, 

Una  casa. 

A  irlllow-casc, 

Una  funda  de  al- 

The  door, 

La  puerta. 

moada. 

The  bolt, 

El  cerrojo. 

The  counterpane,La  colcha. 

The  bck. 

La  cerraja. 

A  candlestick. 

Un  candelero. 

The  kay, 

La  Have. 

The  snuffers, 

Las  despavilade- 

The  ground-tioor.El  cnarto  bajo. 

ras. 

A  story, 

Un  alto,  un  piso. 

The  shovel, 

La  pala. 

The  porch. 

El  portal. 

The  tongs, 

Las  tcnazas. 

The  court, 

El  patio. 

Wood, 

Lena. 

The  stairs. 

Las  escaleras. 

A  writing-desk,  Un  escritorio. 

A  step. 

Un  escalon. 

A  book-case, 

Un  estante. 

The  galleries, 

Los  corredores. 

A  bureau. 

Una  papelera. 

An  apartment. 

Un  cuarto. 

A  mirror. 

Un  espejo. 

A  room. 

Uu  cuarto. 

A  lustre. 

L'ua  arana  ae  cris- 

1 he  dining-room,El  comedor. 

ta!. 

A  parlor, 

Una  sala. 

The  sideboard. 

El  aparador. 

The     drawing 

A  wardrobe. 

t^na  comoda. 

room. 

El  estrado. 

A  screen. 

Un  biombo. 

The  bed-room, 

La  alcoba. 

A  trimk. 

Un  haul. 

An  antechamberjUna  antesala. 

A  pianoforte. 

Un  piano. 

A  dressing-room,Un  tocador. 

A  box. 

Una  caja. 

A  closet, 

Un  retrete. 

A  table  drawer,  Un  caion. 

DIALOGUES. 

211 

The  pantiy, 

La  desponsa. 

A  bureau  drawer, Una  cajeta. 

The  cellar, 

La  bodega. 

A  clock. 

Un  reloj  de  sobre 

The  kitchen, 

La  cocina. 

mesa. 

A  cupboard, 

Una  alacena. 

A  broom, 

Una  escoba. 

A  garret. 

Un  desvan. 

A  spit. 

Un  asador. 

An  observatory, 

,  Un  mirador. 

A  basket, 

Una  cesta. 

The  oven, 

El  horno. 

A  glass. 

Un  vaso. 

The  coach-honse,La  cochera. 

A  jug. 

Un  jarro. 

The  stable. 

La  caballeriza. 

A  decanter. 

Una  botella  para 

A  garden, 

Un  jar  din. 

agua. 

A  pigeon-house. 

,  Un  palomar. 

A  knife, 

Un  cuchillo. 

The  tiled  roof. 

El  tejado.  . 

A  fork. 

Un  tenedor. 

Privy,     water- 

A  spoon, 

Una  cuchara. 

closet. 

El  lugar  comun. 

A  salt-cellar, 

Un  salero. 

The  window, 

La  ventana. 

The  table-cloth, 

,  El  mantel. 

The  shutters, 

Las  puertas  ven 

-  A  napkin, 

Una  scrvilleta. 

tanas. 

A  plate. 

Un  plato. 

A  table. 

Una  mesa. 

Mustard, 

La  mostaza. 

A  carpet 

Una  alfombra. 

A  table-service. 

Un     servicio     de 

A  chair. 

Una  silla. 

mesa. 

Abed, 

Una  cama. 

A  tea-service, 

Un  servicio  de  te. 

A  bedstead, 

Un    armazon  de  A  chocolate-pot,  La  chocolatera. 

cama. 

A  coffee-pot. 

La  cafetera. 

A  pillow. 

Una  almoada. 

The  tea-pot. 

La  tetera. 

The  sheets. 

Las  sabanas. 

The  mill, 

El  molinillo. 

A  blanket, 

Una  manta. 

A  cup. 

Una  taza. 

The  curtains, 

Las  cortinas. 

A  saucer. 

Un  platillo. 

A  warming-pan 

,  Un  calentador. 

The  milk -pot. 

La    jarra    de    la 

A  candle. 

Una  vela. 

leche. 

A  mattress. 

Unj  ergon. 

A  sugar-basin. 

El  azucarero. 

A  flock  mattress,TJn  colchon  de  lana. 

Of  Meat  and 

De  la  Comida. 

Of  Meat  and 

De  la  Comida 

Drink. 

y  BeUda. 

Drink. 

y  Bebida. 

Bread, 

Pan. 

Pepper, 

Pimienta. 

New  Bread, 

Pan  fresco. 

Vinegar, 

Vinagre. 

Stale  bread. 

Pan  duro. 

Oil, 

Aceite. 

'Wine, 

Vino. 

Cheese, 

Queap. 

212 


DIALOGUES. 


White  -wine, 

Eed  wine, 

"Water, 

Flesh, 

Roasted  meat, 

Boiled  meat, 

Beef, 

Mutton, 

Veal, 

Lamb, 

Ham, 

Bacon, 

Game, 

Venison, 

Fish, 

A  duck, 

A  goose, 

A  fowl, 

A  pheasant, 

A  chicken, 

A  pigeon, 

A  tm-key, 

A  partridge. 

Salt, 

Eggs, 

Sauce, 

Pickles, 

Vegetables, 


Of  a  City. 

A  city, 
A  town, 
A  hamlet, 
A  village, 
The  suburbs. 
The  street, 

A.  square, 

\.  lane, 


Vino  bianco. 

Vino  tinto. 

Agua. 

Carne  (\ava). 

Carne  asada. 

Carne  cocida. 

Vaca. 

Carnero. 

Ternera, 

Cordero. 

Jamon. 

Tocino. 

Caza. 

Venado. 

Pescado, 

Iln  pato. 

Un  ganso. 

Una  gallina. 

Un  faisan. 

Un  polio. 

Un  pichon. 

Un  pavo. 

Una  perdiz. 

Sal. 

Iluevos. 

Salsa. 

Los  escabeches. 

Las  verduras. 


De  una  Ciudad. 

Una  ciudad. 
Una  villa. 
Una  aldea. 
Un  lugar. 
Los  arrabales. 
La  calle. 
Una  plaza. 
Un  callejon. 


Salad, 
Pears, 
Melons, 
The  dessert, 
Grapes, 
Pine-apples, 
Oranges, 
Apples, 
Peaches, 
Walnuts, 
Filberts, 
Eaisins, 
Jellies, 
Loaf  sugar. 
Moist  sugar. 
Brown  or  clay- 
ed sugar, 
Toast, 
Butter, 
Beer, 
Brandy, 
Eum, 
Negus, 
Orgeat, 
Lemonade, 
Sherry, 
Champagne, 

Of  a  City. 
A  parish. 
The  play-house, 
The  scenes, 
The  pit, 
A  box. 
The  school, 
A  shop, 
The  inn, 


Ensalada. 

Peras. 

Melones. 

Los  postres. 

Uvas. 

Pinas. 

Naranjas. 

Manzanas. 

Melocotones. 

Nueces. 

Avellanas. 

Pasas. 

Jaletinas. 

Azucar  de  pilon. 

-  Azucar  terciado. 

Tostadas. 
Manteca. 
Cerveza. 
Aguardiente. 
Eon. 
Sangi-ia. 
Orchata. 
Limonada. 
Vino  de  Jerez. 
Vino    de     cham 
pana. 

De  una  Ciudad 

L"na  parroquia. 
El  coliseo. 
Los  bastidores. 
La  luneta. 
Un  palco. 
La  escuela. 
Una  tienda. 
La  posada. 


DIALOGUES. 

^ 

The   meat-mar- 

The prison, 

La  carcel. 

ket. 

La  camiceria. 

An  hospital, 

Un  hospital. 

The  fish-market,  La  pescaderia. 

A  convent, 

Un  convento. 

A.  palace, 

Un  palacio. 

An  hotel. 

Una  fonda. 

The  treasury, 

La  tesoreria. 

A  cook-shop. 

Un  figon. 

The  mint, 

La  casa  de  moneda.  The  exchange. 

La  bolsa. 

The     custom- 

A church, 

Una  iglesia. 

house. 

La  adnana. 

The  post-office. 

El  correo. 

The  imiversity, 

La  universidad.     A    counting- 

The  college. 

El  colegio. 

house, 

Un  escritorio. 

The  academy. 

La  academia. 

A  wharf, 

Un  muelle. 

The  town-house.  La  casa  consisto-  A  warehouse, 
rial. 

Un  almacen. 

Of  the  Country 

.  Del  Campo. 

Of  the  Country. 

Del  Campo. 

The  road, 

El  camino. 

Corn, 

Grano,  trigo. 

A  conn  try -house, Una  qulnta. 

Wheat, 

Trigo. 

A  mill. 

Un  molino. 

Barley, 

Cebada. 

A  -windmill, 

Un     molino 

de  Eye, 

Centeno. 

viento. 

Oats, 

Avena. 

A  farm, 

Una  heredad. 

Straw, 

Faja. 

A  bower. 

Una  glorieta. 

Flax, 

Lino. 

A  wood, 

Un  bosque. 

Hemp, 

Canamo. 

A  meadow, 

Un  prado. 

A  cart. 

Una  carreta. 

A  vineyard, 

Una  vina. 

A  waggon. 

Un  carro. 

The  harvest, 

La  cosecha. 

The  wheels. 

Las  ruedas. 

Grass, 

Terca. 

The  plough, 

El  arado. 

Hay, 

Heno, 

213 


FAMILIAR  DIALOGUES. 

L 

To  inquire  after  Health. 
How  do  you  do,  sir  ? 

Yery  well,  at  your  service. 


DIALOGOS  FAMILLlFwES. 


Para  informarse  de  la  Salud> 


i  Como  lo  pasa  vd.  ? 

Muy  bien  para  servir  a  vd. 


214 


DIALOGUES. 


How  does  your  sister  do  ? 

Is  your  mother  in  good  health ' 

She  is  not  well. 

She  is  a  little  indisposed. 

She  is  rather  indisposed. 

How  is  all  your  family  ? 


I  Como  esta  su  liermana  de  vd.  ? 
i  Esta  buena  su  senora  mailre  de  vd.  ? 
No  lo  pasa  bien. 


j-  Esta  algo  indispuesta. 

i  Como  esta  su  familia  de  vd.  ? 
They  are  all  well  except  my  fa-  Todos  estan  buenos  menos  mi  pa- 

ther.  dre. 

What  is  his  illness  ?  i  Que  es  lo  que  tiene  ? 

lie  has  got  a  cold.  Ha  cogido  un  constipado. 

He  has  the  heada/;he.  Tiene  jaqueca. 

I  have  heard  your  uncle  is  also  He  oido  que  su  tio  de  vd.  esta  indis- 


puesto. 
Tiene  mal  de  garganta 
I  Hace  mucho  tiempo  que  esta  malo  ] 
No  hace  mucho. 
Y  vd.,  senor,  ^  como  lo  pasa  ? 
Asi,  asi :  tal  cual. 


not  well. 
He  has  got  a  sore  throat 
How  long  has  he  been  iU? 
It  is  not  long  since. 
And  you,  sir,  how  do  you  do  ? 
So  so,  or,  but  so  so. 
But  my  daughter  has  a  violent 

colic.  Pero  mi  hija  tiene  un  terrible  colico. 

Since  when  ?  i  Desde  cuando  ? 

At  midnight  she  was  seized  with 

it  Desde  ayer  a  media  noche. 

I  wish  her  a  speedy  recovery,        Le  desco  una  pronta  mejoria. 
She  is  much  better  than  she  was.  Ta  esta  mucho  mejor  de  lo  que  es- 

taba. 
I  hope  she  will  get  immediate  ease  Espero  que  se  restablecera  inmedia- 
from  her  illness,  or  sickness.  tamente  de  su  indisposicion  (o  en- 

fermedad). 
I  return  you  many  thanks.  Doy  a  vd.  muchas  gracias. 

I  thank  you,  or  I  give  you  thanks.  Doy  a  vd.  las  gracias,  lo  estimo. 
How  do  you  find  yourself?  i  Como  se  encuentra  vd.  ? 

Pretty  weU,  thanks  be  to  God.       Bastante  bueno,  a  Dios  graciaa 
Me  alegro  de  eso  sinceramente. 
Viva  vd.  mil  anos. 
Parece    que   esta   vd.  enteramente 

bueno. 
Medianamente  bueno  para  servir  a  vd. 


I  heartily  rejoice  at  it. 

I  am  extremely  obliged  to  you. 

I  hope  you  are  now  quite  well 


Middling  well,  at  yom-  service. 


DIALOGUES. 


215 


Good  bye. 
Good  bye  to  yon. 

IL 

On  the  Hour. 
What  o'clock  is  it  ? 
Tell  me  what  o'clock  it  is. 
What  o'clock  do  you  think  it  is '. 
Is  it  late  ? 
No,  it  is  eai'Iy. 
It  is  six  o'clock. 
I  did  not  think  it  -vras  so  late. 


Quedese  vd.  con  Dies. 
Hasta  la,  vista. 

II. 
De  la  Eora, 
i  Qne  hora  es  ? 
Digame  vd.  que  hora  «s. 
j  Que  hora  piensa  vd.,  que  es? 
i  Es  tarde  ? 
No,  es  temprano. 
Son  las  seis. 
Juzgue  que  no  era  tan  tarde. 


Did  you  not  hear  the  clock  strike  ?  (,  No  oyo  vd.  cuando  dio  el  reloj  ? 
No,  for  we  do  not  always  hear  the  No  porque  jamas  oimos  aqui  cuando 


clock  strike  here. 
It  struck  six  just  now. 
It  is  time  to  get  up. 
It  is  a  quarter  past  six  o'clock. 
It  is  about  one. 
A  quarter  to  eight. 
Twenty  minutes  to  nine. 
It  is  striking  ten. 
It  has  not  struck  two. 
It  is  breakfast  time. 
It  is  not  ten  yet. 
See  by  the  sun-dial. 
How  time  passes  away ! 
At  what  time  must  you  go  horn©  ? 

At  two  o'clock  exactly. 

The  sun  is  just  set. 

The  moon  is  rising  already. 

It  is  dark,  or  night 

It  is  supper  time. 

It  is  time  to  go  to  bed. 

See  what  o'clock  it  is  by  your 

watch. 
It  is  down. 


de  el  reloj. 
Acaban  de  dar  las  seis. 
Ya  es  tiempo  de  levantarse. 
Son  las  seis  y  cuarto. 
La  una  csta  al  caer. 
Las  ocho  menos  cuarto. 
Las  nucvc  menos  veinte  minutos. 
Las  diez  estan  dando. 
No  han  dado  las  dos. 
Es  tiempo  de  almorzar. 
Ann  no  son  las  diez. 
Yea  vd.  el  cuadrante. 

i  Como  pasa  el  tiempo ! 

i  A  que  hora  tiene  vd.  que  volver  a 
casa? 

A  las  dos  en  punto, 

Acaba  de  ponerse  el  sol. 

Ya  sale  la  una, 

Es  de  noche. 

Es  hora  de  cenar. 

Es  tiempo  de  irse  a  la  cama. 

Yea  vd.  que  hora  es  en  su  reloj. 
Se  ha  parado. 


216 


DIALOGUES. 


"Wind  it  up. 
The  hand  is  lost. 
Look  at  yours. 
Mine  is  a  repeating  watch. 
It  stops  sometimes. 
Yesterday  it  went  too  fast. 
To-day  it  goes  too  slow. 
It  does  not  go  right. 

IIL 

Of  Breakfast. 

Is  breakfast  ready  ? 

"What  have  we  for  breakfast  ? 

Have  you  breakfasted  ? 

"Will  you  breakfast  with  us  ? 

"Will  you  be  pleased  to  come  to 
breakfast  with  me  ? 

I  will  accept  yom*  favor. 

"What  do  you  choose  ? 

"Whatever  you  please. 

Will  you  have  some  chocolate  ? 

Do  you  like  coffee  better  ? 

I  like  chocolate  very  well. 

Bring  the  chocolate-pot. 

Set  it  upon  the  fii-e. 

"Where  are  the  cups  ? 

Sir,  I  give  you  a  great  deal  of 
trouble. 

None  at  all,  sir ;  if  you  were  not 
here,  I  should  have  some  cho- 
colate. 

You  must  now  have  a  cup  of  cof- 
fee. 

No,  sir,  I  thank  you. 

It  is  very  good,  taste  it,  sir. 

Certainly,  tbere  cannot  be  better 
di-unk. 

Kut  it  is  too  strong. 


Dele  vd.  cuerda. 

Se  ha  perdido  la  aguja. 

Yea  vd.  el  suyo. 

El  mio  es  de  repeticioa. 

Se  para  algunas  veces. 

Ayer  se  adelantaba 

Hoy  se  atrasa. 

No  anda  bien. 

IIL 
Para  Desayanarse. 
I,  Esta  pronto  el  almuerzo  ? 
6  Que  tenemos  para  almorzar  ? 
I  Ha  almorzado  vd.  ? 
iQuiere  vd.  almorzar  con  nosotros? 
jQuerra   vd.  venir    a    desayunarse 

conmigo  ? 
Aceptare  el  favor  de  vd. 
6  Que  es  lo  que  vd.  gusta  ? 
Lo  que  vd.  quiera. 
i  Quiere  vd.  chocolate  ? 
^Le  gusta  a  vd.  mas  el  cafe? 
Y  chocolate  me  gusta  bastante. 
Traiga  vd.  la  chocolatera. 
Pongala  vd.  al  fuego. 
4  Donde  estaa  las  tazas  ? 

Senor,  yo  le  incomodo  a  vd.  mucho. 

Nada  de  eso,  senor  ;  aunque  vd.  no 
estuviese  aqui,  yo  tomaria  choco- 
late. 

Ahora  debe  vd.  tomar  una  taza  de 
cafe. 

No,  senor,  muchas  gracias. 

Es  excelente,  pruebelo  vd.,  senor. 

Ciertamente,  no  se  puede  tomar  me- 
jor. 

Pero  es  muy  faerte. 


DIALOGUES.  2  IT. 

Take  a  cup  of  tea,  if  you  like  it  Tome  yd.  una  taza  de  te,  si  le  pareee 

better.  a  vd.  mejor. 

Do  you  choose  sugar  and  cream 

In  it  ?  6  Quiere  yd.  azucar  y  nata  ? 

For  my  part,  I  always  drink  it 

mth  sugar.  To  siempre  lo  tomo  sin  azucar 

Every  one  to  liis  taste.  Cada  uno  tiene  sii  gusto. 

Do  you  like  a  boiled  egg  ?  i  Quiere  vd.  un  huevb  pasado  por 

agua? 
Your  tea  grows  cold.  El  te  de  vd.  se  enfria. 

Eat  some  bread  and  butter.  Coma  vd.  algunas  tostadas  de  man- 

teca. 
No  more,  I   return  you   many  No  mas,  doy  a  vd.  mil  gracias,  ya  he 

thanks,  I  have  breakfasted.  almorzado. 

Now,  I  must  take  my  lea-^-e  of  Ahora  voy  a  dejar  a  vd.  porque  ten- 

you,  for  I  have  a  friend  who  is      go  un  amigo  que  me  espera. 

waiting  for  me. 
I  am  sorry  you  are  in  so  much  Siento  mucho  que  este  vd.  tan  de 

haste.  priesa. 

I  am  always  yours.  Soy  siempre  de  vd. 

IV.  IT. 

Of  the  Weather.  Del  Tiempo. 

How  is  the  weather  ?  i  Que  tiempo  hace  ? 

It  is  bad  weather  ?  Hace  mal  tiempo. 

It  is  hot.  Hace  calor. 

It  is  very  fine  weather.  Hace  muy  buen  tiempo. 

It  is  cloudy  weather.  Esta  nublado. 

It  is  wet— windy— stormy— diy  Esta    humedo— corre    viento — esta 

weather.  borrascoso — esta  seco. 

It  is  foggy  weather.  Hace  niebla. 

The  wind  blows  hard.  Hace  mucho  aire. 

The  wind  is  turned ;  it  falls.  Se  ha  mudado  el  viento ;  calma 

I  think  it  will  rain  to-day.  Creo  que  llovera  hoy. 

Does  it  rain  ?    Does  it  not  rain  ?  j  Llueve  ?    ^  No  llueve  ? 
It  is  going  to  rain.  Va  a  Hover. 

The  rain  poured  down  in  torrents.  Llovia  a  cantaros. 
"Jee  how  it  rains.  Yea  yd.  como  llueve. 


218 


DIALOGUES. 


Let  us  shelter  ourselves. 

It  is  cold,  very  cold. 

I  am  cold. 

I  am  starving  -with  cold. 

It  snows,  it  hails,  it  freezes. 

The  river  is  frozen  over. 

The  snow  melts  away. 

The  sun  shines. 

The  weather  is  now  mild. 

It  is  hot ;  it  is  extremely  hot. 

Let  us  go  into  the  shade. 

It  lightens  prodigiously. 

It  thunders. 

It  clears  up. 

I  see  the  rainbow. 

It  is  dirty. 

The  stones  are  very  slippery. 

It  begins  to  grow  light 

It  begins  to  grow  dark. 

It  is  a  starlight  night. 

A  coach  has  splashed  me  all  over. 

The  moon  is  eclipsed. 

The  mist  is  so  thick,  that  we  can 

\  scarcely  see  one  another. 


Pongamonos  a  cubierto. 

Hace  frio,  mucho  fi-io. 

Tengo  frio. 

Estoy  tiritando  de  frio. 

Nieva,  gi-aniza,  hiela. 

El  rio  esta  helado. 

La  nieve  se  derrite. 

Hace  soL 

El  tiempo  esta  ahora  templado. 

Hace  calor ;  hace  un  calor  extraordi- 

nario. 
Vamos  a  la  sombra. 
Eelampaguea  que  es  un  pasmo. 
Truena. 

Ta  aclara,  ya  escampa. 
Yo  veo  el  arco  iris. 
Hay  lodo. 

Las  piedras  estan  muy  resbaladizaa. 
Aananece. 
Anochece. 

El  cielo  esta  estrellado. 
Un  cochs  me  ha  alpicado  de  lodo. 
La  luna  esta  eclipsada. 
La  neblina  es  tan  espesa,  que  apenas 

podemos  vernos. 


At  Dijiner. 

At  what  o'clock  do  you  usually 

dine? 
At  two  o'clock,  and  I  beg  you 

will  take  dinner  with  me  to-day. 
With  all  my  heart. 
Let  us  sit  down  to  table. 
There  wants  a  cover  here. 
Madam,  do  me  the  favor  to  take 

the  first  place. 
"Who  likes  soup  ? 


Al  tiempo  de  Comer. 

i  A  que  hora  suele  vd.  comer  ? 

A  las  dos,  y  suplico  a  vd.  que  se 

quede  hoy  a  comer  conmigo. 
Con  mucho  gusto. 
Sentemonos  a  la  mesa. 
Aqui  falta  un  cubierto. 
Senora,  hagame  vd.  el  favor  de  tomar 

el  primer  asiento. 
iQuien  qmere  sopa? 


DIALOGUES.  219 

Boy,  take  the  soup  and  boiled 

meat  away.  Muchacho,  qmta  la  sopa  y  el  ocido. 

Now,  -who  understands  carving  ?  Ahora,  <,  quien  sabe  trinchar  ? 
I  sometimes  undertake  it,  though  Algunas  veces  me  entrenieto  a  trin- 

I  am  very  awkward  at  it.  char,  aunque  no  soy  de  los  mas 

habiles. 
Be  so  kind  as  to  carve  that  duck,  Tenga  vd.  la  bondad  de  trinchar  este 

and  help  this  lady  to  some  of     pato,  y  de  servir  la  pechuga  a  esta 

the  breast  senora. 

You  don't  eat.  Vd.  no  come. 

Come,  gentlemen,  let  us  take  a 

glass  together.  Vamos,  senores,  bebamos  jimtos. 

Serve  the  lady  with  a  glass  of  Sirva  vd.  a  la  senora  im  vaso  de 

Champaign.  Champana. 

Biing  me  some  sherry.  Traigame  vd.  Jerez. 

How  do  you  like  this  wine  ?  j  Que  le  parece  a  vd.  de  este  vino  ? 

It  is  very  good.  Es  muy  bueno. 

Gentlemen,  your  healths.  A  la  salud  de  vd.,  senores. 

I  thank  you,  sir.  '  Mil  gracias. 

I  recommend  the  veal  cutlets,  as  Eecomiendo  a  vd.  las  chuletas  de 

tender  and  juicy.  ternera,  porque  estan  tiernas  y  ju- 

gosas. 
There  is  also  salmon,  trout,  tench.  Hay  tambien  salmon,  trucha,  tenca, 

and  whiting  done  with  caper-      y  pescadilla  compuesta  con  salsa 

sauce.  de  aleaparras. 

This  fricassee  of  chicken  seems  to  Este  guisado  de  polles  parece  muy 

be  very  good.  bueno. 

This  hare  is  not  done  enough.        Esta  liebre  no  esta  bien  asada. 
Sir,  will  you  do  me  the  favor  to  Senor,  ^  quiere  vd.  tener  la  bondad 

help  me  to  a  bit  of  it?  de  darme  un  pedacito ? 

Take  away,  and  bring  the  dessert.  Quita  estos  platos,  y  trae  los  postres. 
Uncork  that  bottle.  Destapa  esa  botella. 

I  have  lost  my  corkscrew.  He  perdido  mi  sacacorchos. 

Those  are  the  fruits  of  the  season,  Hay  las   frutas    del  tiempo,  como 

such  as  apples,  pears,  plums,      manzanas,  peras,  ciruelas,  guindas, 

cherries,  black  and  red ;  figs,      y  cerezas,  higos,  uvas,    nisperos, 

grapes,  medlars,  service-apples,      acerolas,  serbas,  moras  a  granadas. 

mulberries,  blackberries,  pome- 
Tanates- 


220  DIALOGUES. 

I  have  made  a  very  good  dinner.    ITo  comido  bien. 
So  have  I.  Y  yo  tambien. 

YL  YL 

To  write  a  Letter.  Para  escribir  una  Carta. 

Give  me  a  sheet  of  paper,  pen  Deme  vi  ima  hoja  de  papel,  pluma 
and  ink.  y  tlntero. 

Step  into  my  closet,  and  you  -will  Entre  vi  en    mi  gabinete,  y  alii 
find  whatever  you  want  hallara  todo  lo  que  necesite. 

There  are  no  pens.  No  hay  plnmas. 

There  are  some  on  the  stand-dish.  Yealas  vd.  en  el  tintero. 

They  are  good  for  nothing.  No  valen  nada. 

There  are  some  others.  Ahi  hay  otras. 

They  are  not  made.  No  estan  cortadas. 

Where  is  your  penknife  ?  i  Donde  esta  el  cortaplumas  ? 

Can  you  make  pens  ?  i  Sabe  vd.  cortar  plumas  ? 

1  make  them  my  own  way.  Yo  las  corto  a  mi  modo. 

This  is  not  bad  Esta  no  esta  mala. 

"While  I  finish  this  letter,  do  me  En  tanto  que  acabo  esta  carta,  ba- 
the favor  to  seal  the  rest.  game  vd.  el  favor  de  cerrar  estaa 
otras. 

What  wax  shall  I  use  ?  i  Que  lacre  pondi'e  ? 

Take  either  red  or  black,  no  mat-  Ponga  vd.  encarnado  o  negro ;   no 
ter  which.  importa. 

Have  you  put  the  date  ?  i  Ha  puesto  vd.  la  fecha  ? 

I  believe  I  have,  but  I  have  not 
signed  it.  Creo  que  si,  pero  no  he  firmado. 

"What  day  of  the  month  is  this  ?    i,A.  cuantos  estamos  hoy  ? 

Tho  eighth,  the  tenth,  the  fif- 
teenth, A  ocho,  a  diez,  a  quince. 

Write  the  address.  Ponga  vd.  el  sobrescrito. 

Where  is  the  sand  ?  i  Donde  estan  los  polvos  ? 

The  sand-bos  is  fiill.  La  salvadera  esta  Uena. 

There  is  youf  servant:  wiU  you  A  qui  esta  el  criado :  i  qniere  vd.  que 
let  him  carry  the  letters  to  the      lleve  sus  cartas  al  correo  ? 
post-office. 

Carry  my  letters  to  the  post-office,  Lleva  mis  cartas  al  correo,  y  no  de- 


DIALOGUES.  221 

and  do  not  forget  to  pay  the     jes  de  pagar  el  porte. 

postage. 

Sir,  I  have  no  money.  Senor,  no  tengo  diners. 

There  are  ten  shillings.  Toma  diez  chelines. 
Go  quickly,  and  return  as  soon  as 

posssible.  Ye  pronto,  y  vuelve  al  instante. 

VII.  TIL 

At  an  Inn.  En  una  Posada. 

"We  are  arrived  at  the  inn ;  let  us  Hemos  Uegado  a  la  posada  ;   apee- 

ftlight,  gentlemen.  monos,  caballeros. 

Take  these  gentlemen's  horses,  Toma  los  caballos  de  estos  senores, 

and  take  care  of  them.  y  ten  cuidado  de  ellos. 

Let  me  speak  with  the  inn-keeper.  Quiero  hablar  con  el  posadero. 
What  have  you  for  supper  ?  ^  Q"^^  tiene  vd.  para  cenar  ? 

A  capon,  half  a  dozen  pigeons,  a  Un  capon,  una  media  docena  de  pi- 
salad,  etc.  chones,  una  ensalada,  etc. 
"Will  you  have  anything  else  ?        l  Quiere  vd.  alguna  otra  cosa  mas  ? 
That  is  enough ;  but  give  us  some  Basta  eso ;  pero  denos  vd.  buen  vino 

good  wine,  and  some  fniit.  y  frutas. 

Rely  upon  me,  you  shall  be  satis-  Le  aseguro  a  vd.  que  quedaran  con- 

fied.  tentos. 

Let  our  portmanteau  and  pistols  Que  suban  nuestras  malctas  y  pis- 
be  carried  up  stairs.  tolas. 
Pull  off  my  boots ;  and  then  you  Sacame  las  botas,  y  mira  despues  si 
-  may  se«  whether   they  have      ban  dado  heno  a  los  caballos. 

given  the  horses  any  hay, 
Tou  -will  water  them,  and  take  Los  llevaras  ai.  a^a,  y  ten  cuidado 

care  they  give  them  some  oats,      que  les  den  avena. 
I  shall  take  care  of  everything ;  Tendre  cuidado  de   todo,  descanse 

do  not  trouble  yourself.  vd. 

Gentlemen,  th-e  supper  is  ready ;  Senores,  la  cena  esta  pronta,  y  sobre 

it  is  upon  the  table.  la  mesa. 

Let  us  go  to  supper,  gentlemen,  Vamos  a  cenar,  senores,  para  acos- 
that  we  may  go  to  bed  in  good      tarnos  temprano. 
time. 
Let  us  sit  down  to  table.  Sentemonos  a  la  mesa. 

Bring  some  wine.  Trae  vino. 


222  DIALOGUES. 

To  your  health,  sir.  A  la  salud  de  vd. 
Is  the  wine  good  ?  ^  Es  bueno  el  vino  ? 
It  is  not  bad.  No  es  malo. 
The  capon  is  not  done  enough.  El  capon  no  esta  bien  asado.  • 
What  am  I  indebted  to  you  ?  ^  Caanto  le  debo  a  vd.  ? 
The  bill  amounts  to  twenty  shil- 
lings. El  gasto  sube  a  veinte  chelines. 
Here  they  are.  Ahi  los  tiene  vd. 
Count  them.  Caentelos  vd. 
They  are  very  right.  Estan  cabales. 

YIII.  VIII. 

To  inquire  cibout  a  Person.  Para  informarse  de  Alguna, 

Who  is  that  gentleman  who  spoke  i  Quien  es  aquel  caballero  que  hab- 
to  you  a  little  while  ago  ?  laba  con  vd.  hace  un  rato  ? 

He  is  a  German.  Es  un  Aleman. 

I  took  him  for  an  Englishman,       Yo  creia  que  era  un  Ingles. 

He  speaks  French  very  well.  Habla  muy  bien  el  Frances. 

Though  he  is  a  German,  he  speaks  Aunques  es  Aleman,  habla  tan  bien 
Italian,  French,  Spanisli,  and  el  Italiano,  el  Frances,  el  Espanol, 
English  so  well,  that  in  Italy  y  el  Ingles,  que  en  Italia  pasa  por 
they  take  him  for  an  Italian.  un  Italiano. 

He  speaks  French  like  a  French-  Habla  el  Frances  como  los  mismos 
man.  Franceses. 

The  Spaniards  take   him  for  a 
Spaniard.  Los  Espanoles  le  creen  EspanoL 

Have  you  known  him  long  ?  j  Hace  mucho  tiempo  que  le  conoce 

vi? 

About  two  years.  Hara  cosa  de  dos  anos. 

He  plays  upon  the  guitar,  and  Toca  la  guitarra,  y  otros  varios  in- 
several  other  instruments.  strumentos. 

I  should  be  glad  to  know  him.       Me  alegraria  conocerle. 

I  -will  bring  you  acquainted  with 
him.  Ya  hare  yo  que  vd.  le  conozca. 

Where  does  he  live  ?  ^  En  donde  vive  ? 

He  lives  in  this  neighborhood.       El  vive  aqui  cerca 

When  wiU  you  have  us  go  and  j  Cuando  quiere  vd.  que  vayamos  a 
wait  upon  liim  ?  verle  ? 


DIALOGUES.  223 

Whenever  yon  please,  for  he  is  Cuando  vcL  qiiiera,  pues  es  mi  in- 

my  intimate  friend.  timo  amigo. 

It  shall  be  when  you  have  leisure.  -Cnando  vd.  tenga  tiempo. 
■Will  you  go  to-morrow  morning?  ^Quiere  vd.  que  vayamos  manana 

por  la  manana. 
I  shall  be  obliged  to  you.  Se  lo  estimare  a  vd.  mucho. 

Do  you  know  that  lady?  i  Conoce  vd.  a  quella  senora? 

I  have  forgotten  her  name.         .   Se  me  ha  olvidado  su  nombre. 
She  knows  me  no  more.  Ya  no  me  conoce  ella. 

I  know  that  other  lady  by  sight    Conozco   a  aquella  otra  senora   de 

\ista. 
How  pretty !  She  looks  as  beauti-  j  Que  bonita !    Es  hermosa  como  un 

ful  as  an  angel.  angel. 

What  vivid  colors  she  has  in  her  \  Que  colores  tan  vivos  tiene  en  sa 

charming  complexion  !  rostro  hechicero ! 

I  never  saw  in  my  whole  life  so  En  toda  mi  vida  no  he  visto  una 

beautiful  a  face,  nor  a  finer  color,     cara  tan  hermosa,  ni  tez  tan  bella. 

IX.  IX. 

Concerning  the  English  Acerca  de  la  Lengua 

Language.  Inglesa. 

Do  you  learn  English  ?  i  Aprende  vd.  el  Ingles  ? 

Do  you  understand  English  ?         i  Entiende  vd.  el  Ingles  ? 

Can  you  speak  English  ?  i  Habla  vd.  Ingles  ? 

I  speak  it  a  little.  Lo  hablo  un  poco. 

I  speak  it  just  enough  to  make  Hablo  lo  necesario  para  hacerme  en- 

myself  understood.  tender. 

Speak  English  to  me.  Hableme  vd.  en  Ingles. 

Do  not  speak  so  fast  No  hable  vd.  tan  apriesa. 

Be  so  kind  as  to  tell  me  how  you  Ilagame  vd.  el   favor  de   decirme 

call  tliat  in  English.  como  se  llama  esto  en  Ingles. 

It  is  called Se  llama 

You  will  speak  English,  provided  Yd.  hablara  bien  el  Ingles,  con  tal 

you  take  pains  to  study  it  que  se  tome  vd.  el  trabajo  de  estu- 

diarlo. 
The  English  language  is  very  hard  La  lengua  Inglesa  es  muy  dif  cultosa 

for  Spaniards  to  learn.  para  los  Espanoles. 


224  GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 

The  Spanish  is  far  more  difficult  La  Espanola  es  mucho  mas  dificil 

to  Enghshmen.  para  los  lugleses. 

I  am  persuaded  of  the  contrary.     Estoy  persuadido  de  lo  contrario. 
I  can  hardly  believe  it.  Apenas  lo  puedo  creer. 

The  English  clip  most  of  thek  Los  Ingleses  comen  la  mayor  parte 
words,  for  we  see  syllables  of  de  sus  palabras,  porque  vemos  si- 
seven  letters  have  only  one  sin-  labas  de  siete  letras,  que  solo  tienen 
gle  sound.  uu  sonido. 

That  does  not  happen  in  the  Span-  No  sucede  eso  en  Espanol,  porque 
ish,  as  each  letter  has  its  arti-  cada  letra  tiene  su  sonido  articu- 
culate  sound.  lado. 

Don't  you  understand  what  I  say 

to  you?  i No  entiende  vd.  lo  que  yo  le  digo? 

I  understand  it  well,  but  I  find  it  Lo  entiendo  bien,  pero  me  cuesta 

hard  to  speak.  mucho  el  hablar. 

That  will  come  in  time,  dont  be  Eso  vendra  con  el  tiempo,  no  hay 

discouraged  about  tliat.  que  desanimarse  por  eso. 

How  long  have  you  been  learn-  i  Cuanto  tiempo  hace  que  aprende 

ing?  vd.? 

Not  long.  No  hace  mucho  tiempo. 

About  six  months.  Cosa  de  seis  meses. 

You  have  improved  very  much  Ha  adelantado  vd.  mucho  para    el 

for  the  time.  tiempo 

I  thank  you  for  encouraging  me.    Doy  a  vd.   las  gracias   porque  me 

anima. 
If  you  go  on  so,  you  will  make  Si  vd.  continua  asi,  hara  rapidos  pro- 
rapid  progress.  gresos. 
I  beg  you  will  not  flatter  me  too  Suplico  a  vd.  que  no  me  lisonjee 
much.  tanto 


To  make  a  visit  in  the  Para  hacer  una  tisita  por 


morning. 


la  manana. 


Who  is  thoie  ?  6  Quien  esta  ahi  ? 

Open  the  door.  Abra  vd. 

Where  is  your  master  ?  i  Donde  esta  su  amo  de  vd.  ? 

He  is  in  bed.  Esta  en  la  cama. 


GRAMATICA    INGLESA. 


225 


Is  he  asleep  still  ? 

'No.  sir,  he  is  awake. 

Is  he  up  ■? 

Is  he  rising  ? 

Isot  yet;  will  you  be  pleased  to 

step  into  his  chamber? 
What !  are  you  still  in  bed  ? 

I  went  to  bed  so  late  last  night, 

that  I  could  not  get  up  early. 
What  did  you  do  after  dinner? 
We  played  at  cards. 
After  that  we  went  to  the  ball. 
How  long  were  you  there  ? 

Till  twelve  o'clock,  or  till  mid- 
night 

At  what  o'clock  did  you  go  to 
bed? 

At  one  in  the  morning. 

I  do  not  wonder  vou  rise  so  late. 


What  o'clock  is  it? 

Yrhat  o'clock  do  you  suppose  it 

to  be  ? 
It  has  struck  ten. 
Kise  as  fast  as  you  can. 
We  will  go  and  take  a  turn  round 

the  park,  when  you  are  dressed. 


i  Duerme  aun  ? 

No,  senor,  esta  despierto. 

^Se  ha  levantado? 

iSe  levanta? 

Aun  no;  j quiere  rd.  entrar  en  su 

cuarto  ? 
iQue  es  esto!  jaun  esta  vd.  en  la 

cam  a? 
Me  acoste  anoche  tan  tarde,  que  no 

he  podido  levantarme  temprano. 
jQue  hizo  vd.  despues  de  comer? 
Jugamos  a  los  naipes. 
Despues  faimos  al  baile. 
^nasta    que    bora    estuvieron    vd. 

alli? 

Hasta  media  noche. 

(,  A  que  hora  se  acosto  vd,  ? 

A  la  una  de  la  noche. 

No  me  admiro  que  se  levante  vd. 

tan  tarde. 
6  Que  hora  es  ? 

(,  Que  hora  cree  vd.  que  es  ? 
Las  diez  ban  dado. 
Levantese  vd.  corriendo. 
Iremos  a  dar  una  vuelta  por  el  par- 
que,  cuando  este  vd.  vestido. 


XL 


XL 


Between  a  PJiysician  and  his 
Patient. 


Entre  un  Medico  y  un  En- 
fenno. 

I  have  =ent  for  j'ou,  Doctor,  be-  Tie  manda^lo  por  vd.,  senor  Doctor, 

cause  I  feel  myself  very  ill.  porque  me  siento  muy  malo. 

How  have  you  passed  the  night?  i  Como  ha  pasado  vd.  la  noche? 
Very  badly ;  I  have  not  slept  a 
8 


226  DIALOGUES. 

moment  May  mal ;  no  he  dormido  nada. 

I  had  a  fever  the  whole  night.        Toda  la  noche  he  tenido  calentura. 
You  ought  to  be  bled.  Es  menester  sangrar  a  yd. 

People  do  not  know  what  health  No  se   conoce  bien  la  salud,  sino 

is,  excei)t  when  they  are  ilL  cuando  se  esta  malo. 

You  must  have  patience.  Es  preciso  tener  paciencia. 

"What  do  you  think  of  my  illness  ?  i  Que  le  parece  a  vd.  de  mi  enfer- 

-medad? 
Do  you  think  it  dangerous?  jCree  vd.  que  sea  de  peligra? 

It  will  not  be  of  consequence.        Esto  no  sera  nada. 
Give  me  your  arm  that  I  may  feel  Deme  vd.  el  brazo  para  tomarle  el 

your  pulse.  pulso. 

Do  me  the  favor  to  put  out  your 

tongue.  Enseneme  vd.  la  lengua. 

I  am  very  tired  of  being  so  long 

in  bed.  Me  canso  de  estar  tanto  en  la  cama 

How  happy  you  are  to  be  in  good 

health !  i  Cuan  feliz  es  vd.  de  estar  bueno ! 

You  have  likewise  caught  a  cold,  Tambien  ha  cogido  vd.  un  resfriado, 

and  consequently  the  perspira-      y  por  consiguiente  esta  obstruida 

lion  is  obstructed.  la  transpiracion. 

"What  am  I  to  drink  ?  for  I  am  dy-  6  Que   he    de   beber  ?   porque   me 

ing  v/ith  thirst  muero  de  sed. 

Eetire  early  to  bed.  Eecojase  vd.  temprana 

Put  your  feet  in  warm  water.         Tome  vd.  unos  pediluvios. 
Stay  in  bed,  and  keep  yourself  Quedese  vd.  en  cama,  y  abriguese 

warm.  vd.  bien. 

Give  me  a  pillow,  Deme  vd.  una  almohada 

"Whatever  I  take  seems  bitter  to 

me.  Todo  cuanto  tomo  me  parece  amargo. 

I  have  a  very  tedious  illness.  Tengo  una  enfermedad  muy  larga. 

XII  XII. 

To  hire  a  Lodging.  Para  alquilar  una  Rahitacion. 

Madam,  have  you  any  rooms  to  Senora,  j  tiene  vd.  algunos  cuartoa 

let  ?  para  alquilar  ? 

Yes,  8ir,  will  you  bo  pleased  to 


DIALOGUES.  221 

look  at  them  ?  Si,  senor,  qniere  vd.  verlos  ? 

I  am  come  on  purpose.  He  venido  a  proposito  a  eso. 

How  many  must  you  have  ?  ^  Cuantos  cuartos  necesita  vd.  ? 

I  want  a  dining-room  and  a  bed-  Necesito  un  comedor,  ima  alcoba  y 

chamber,  -with  a  closet  to  it  un  gabinete. 

Must  your  rooms  be  fiirnisbed  or 

unfurnished?  i  Han  de  estar  alhajados  o  no? 

Furnished.  Alhajados. 

"Will  you  take  the  trouble  to  come  j  Quiere  vd.  tomarse  la  molestia  do 

up  ?  subir  conmigo  ? 

"We  Tvill  follow  you,  Madam.  Seguimos  a  vd.,  senora. 

Here  are  the  apartments  you  de-  Aqui  estan  los  cuartos  que  vd.  desea 

sire  to  have  on  the  fii-st  floor.  en  el  primer  piso. 

There  is  a  very  good  bed.  Yea  vd.  una  buena  cama. 

You  see  that  there  are  all  things  Yd.  ve  que  hay  todo  lo  que  se  nece- 

necessary  in  a  furnished  lodg-      sita  en  una  habitacion  amueblada, 

ing,    as    table,    looking-glass,      mesa,    espejo,    estantes,    sillas   y 

stands,  chairs,  and  sofa.  sofa. 

How  much  do  you  ask  for  it  a 

week?  i  Cuanto  pide  vd.  por  semana? 

I  never  let  my  chambers  but  by  Isunca  alquilo  mis  cuartos  sino  por 

the  month  or  the  quarter.  meses  o  trimestres. 

Well,  I  will  take  them  by  the-Esta  bien,  los  tomare  por  meses? 

month  ?   what  do  you  ask  for      i  cuanto  quiere  vd.  ? 

them  ? 
I  never  had  less  than  two  guineas  Nunca  me  ban  pagado  menos  de  do3 

a  month  for  these  two  rooms.         guineas  al  mes  por  estos  de  cuar- 
tos. 
It  is  too  much  ;  but  now  I  think  E.s  demasiado ;  pero  me  ocurre  ahora 

of  it,  can  I  not  board  at  your      una  cosa ;   ^  podre  comer  en  su 

house  ?  casa  de  vcl  ? 

Yes,  you  can.  Si,  senor. 

How  much  do  you  take  for  each  i  Cuanto  lleva  vd.  semanalmente  por 

boarder  a  week  ?  cada  uno  ? 

At  the  rate  of  sixty  pounds  a  year.  A  razon  de  sesenta  libras  esterlinas ' 

al  ano. 
YTell,  I  will  begin  to-morrow.       Esta  bien,  principiare  manana. 
"When  you  please.  Cuando  vd.  quiera. 


228 


DIALOGUES 


XIIL 


xm. 


Mining  Terms. 


Termas  de  Mincrio,. 


Separation  of  mineral  from  ore.     El  majestral. 

Gold.  Eloro. 

Silver.  La  plata. 

Copper.  El  cobre. 

Coal  El  carbon. 

A  small  thread  or  indication  of 

mineral.  Un  hilo. 

Quicksilver  ore.  El  cinabar 

A  vein  of  metal.  Una  vena, 

A  mine.  Un  placer. 

The  washing-machine.  El  tronco. 

The  water  duct  La  aguaducto. 

The  canal.  El  canal. 

The  pump.  La  pompa. 

The  pick.  El  machete. 

The  spade.  La  beca. 

The  miner.  El  minero. 

The  mine.  La  mina. 

Gold  dust.  Granos  de  oro. 

The  ounce.  La  onza. 

The  pest'e.  La  martela. 

The  mortar.  El  mortajo. 

The  direction  of  the  vein.  La  hnea 


XIV. 


XIV. 


The  pine-apple. 
The  orange. 
Tlie  lemon. 
The  melon. 

Id. 

Id. 
Corn  (Indian). 


La  pina. 
La  naranja. 
La  lima. 
El  melon. 
El  zapote. 
El  zapotillo. 
El  maiz. 


DIALOGUES.  229 


Wheat  La  triga. 

Apple.  El  porno. 

Pear.  La  pera. 

Beans.  Las  carabanzas. 

Pepper.  El  chile. 


GEOGEAPHY,   HISTOET,   AND   PEE- 
SENT  COXDITIOlSr  OF  CALIFOEIS^IA. 


The  old  intendency  of  Old  and  New  California 
in  the  days  of  the  viceroys,  corresponded  exactly 
with  the  state  of  the  Mexican  Republic  and  that 
recently  surrendered  to  the  United  States.  It  is 
on  the  Pacific  Ocean,  between  the  32°  and  42° 
north  latitude,  and  reaches  westward  to  the  vast 
desert  which  separates  it  from  New  INIexico.  It 
is  bounded  by  Oregon  on  the  North,  on  the  east 
by  the  Rocky  Mountains,  on  the  south  by  Sonora 
and  Old  California,  and  on  the  west  by  the  ocean. 
It  has  a  coast  of  seven  hundred  miles,  and  reaches 
one  hundred  and  twenty-five  miles  inward  to  the 
Sierra  Nevada.  The  Pacific  coast  alone  can  be 
arable,  though  even  the  interior  has  many  fer- 
tile valleys  and  wooded  plains,  and  other  lands 
susceptible  of  improvement. 


231 

"When  Cartes  had  conquered  Mexico,  the  Spanish 
adventurers  immediately  penetrated  to  the  ez- 
tremest  parts  of  "the  now  Mexican  Republic,  ex- 
cept California,  which  long  remained  in  the  undis- 
puted possession  of  the  aboriginal  occupants. 
This  might  have  been  expected  ;  for  the  "  blind 
passion  for  gold"  did  not  extend  as  far  as  Cali- 
fornia, though  all  the  nations  nearer  to  Panama, 
led  astray-  by  a  vicious  civilization,  exhibited  a 
wealth  not  to  be  attained  by  the  most  patient  in- 
dustry anywhere. 

Tbose  who  had  passed  from  Cuba  through  the 
tierra  templada  of  Mexico,  were  not  led  astray 
by  the  temptations  of  California  ;  yet  the  latter  was 
the  true  El  Dorado  of  which  Raleigh  dreamed — 
the  Ophir  whence  Solomon  received  his  talents  and 
shekels.  The  valley  of  Mexico,  with  its  Arcadian 
climate,  the  stern  obligations  of  duty,  long  re- 
tained the  conquistador es  from  the  true  origin  of 
all  the  3Iexican  wealth.  There  is  no  country  in 
the  world  which  exhibits  so  great  a  diversity  of 
climate,  soil,  and  fertility  as  California.  Strangely, 
too,  the  best  portion  of  the  country  is  not  on  the 
sea-board,  the  whole  of  which,  from  Mendocino 
northwards,  is  occupied  by  a  high,  abrupt  ridge. 
Between  this  range  and  one  more  abrupt,  is  the 
valley    of  the    Sacramento,    extending    as    far    as 


232  GEOGRAPHY,    ETC. 

Monte  San  Bernadino,  the  country  between  being 
called  La  Buena  Veiitum.  Beyond  these  is  a 
continuation  of  the  Cascade  Mountains  of  Oregon, 
capped  with  unmelting  ice.  Beyond  these  are 
nought  but  sandy  plains,  a  root  digger  alone  could 
inhabit.  The  harbor  of  San  Francisco  equals  any 
in  the  world.  It  is  land-locked,  and  formed  on 
the  bay  created  by  the  confluence  of  the  two 
chief  rivers  of  California — the  San  Francisco  and 
San  Joaquin.  The  valleys  of  these  streams  are 
the  most  fruitful  in  California,  producing  all  the 
cereals,  the  vine,  and  tropical  fruits.  La  Buena 
Ventura  is  the  home  of  the  California  Indians, 
who  live  on  the  banks  of  the  many  streams  flowing 
into  these  two  rivers.  These  streams  meet  at  a 
point  sixty  miles  from  the  sea,  with  which  they 
communicate  by  many  streams  which  form  a  delta, 
to  which  that  of  the  Mississippi  is  as  nothing. 
Lower  down,  their  immense  volume  of  water  forms 
a  vast  bay,  on  the  south  shore  of  which  is  San 
Francisco.  It  was  once  known  as  Yerba  Buena, 
but  the  old  appellation  has  resumed  its  influence. 
The  Jesuits  called  it  San  Francisco.  The  follow- 
ing is  an  extract  from  a  paper  called  the  "  Cali- 
fornia Star,"  and  gave  an  account  of  the  place, 
which  may  be  relied  on  as  having  been   authentic 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  233 

when   the  American   immigration   first   began  to 
tend  thither  : 

"  Yerba  Buena,  the  name  of  our  town^  which 
means  good  hcrh^  is  situated  on  the  southwest  side 
of  the  principal  arm  of  San  Francisco  Bay,  about 
five  miles  from  the  ocean,  on  a  narrow  neck  of 
land,  varying  from  four  to  ten  miles  in  width,  the 
narrowest  place  being  sixteen  miles  southwest  of 
the  town.  It  is  in  latitude  37°  45'  north.  This 
narrow  slip  of  land  is  about  sixty  miles  in  length, 
extending  from  the  point  formed  by  the  bay  and 
ocean  of  the  valley  of  San  Jose.  The  site  of  the 
town  is  handsome  and  commanding,  being  an  in- 
clined plane  of  about  a  mile  in  extent  from  the 
water's  edge  to  the  hills  in  rear.  Two  points  of 
land — one  on  each  side,  extending  into  the  bay — 
form  a  crescent,  or  a  small  bay  in  the  shape  of  a 
crescent,  in  front,  which  bears  the  name  of  the 
town. 

"  These  points  afford  a  fine  view  of  the  surround- 
ing country — the  snow-capped  mountains  in  the 
distance — the  green  valleys  beneath  them — the 
beautiful,  smooth,  and  unruffled  bay  in  front  and 
on  either  side,  at  once  burst  upon  the  eye.  There 
is  in  front  of  the  town  a  small  island,  rising  high 
above  the  surface  of  the  bay,  about  two  miles  long 


234  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

and  one  wide,  wbicli  is  covered  the  greater  part  of 
the  year  with  the  most  exuberant  herbage,  of  un- 
trodden freshness.  This  little  island  is  about  three 
miles  from  the  shore.  Between  it  and  the  town  is 
the  principal  anchorage.  Here  the  vessels  of  all 
nations  rest  in  safety  and  peace,  and  their  flags 
are  displa^^ed  by  the  aromatic  breeze.  Two  hun- 
dred yards  from  the  shore  there  is  twenty-four 
feet  water,  and  a  short  distance  beyond  that  as 
many  fathoms.  The  beach,  immediately  in  front 
of  the  now  business  part  of  the  town,  is  shelving, 
but  it  will,  no  doubt,  in  a  short  time,  be  filled  up, 
and  become  the  most  valuable  part  of  the  place, 

"  The  climate  here  is,  in  the  winter,  which  is 
the  rainy  season,  damp  and  chilly.  During  the 
balance  of  the  year  it  is  dry,  but  chilly,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  continual  strong  winds  from  the 
north  and  northwest  There  is  but  little  variation 
in  the  atmosphere  throughout  the  year — the  ther- 
mometer ranging  from  fifty-five  to  seventy  degrees, 
Fahrenheit. 

"  Yerba  Buena  is  one  of  the  most  healthy 
places  on  the  whole  coast  of  the  Pacific.  Sick- 
ness of  any  kind  is  rarely  known  among  us.  The 
salubrity  of  the  climate — beauty  of  the  site  of  the 
town — its  contiguity  to  the  mouth  of  the  bay — the 
finest  harbor  on   the  whole   coast,  in   front — the 


235 

rich  and  beautiful  country  around  it,  all  conspire 
to  render  it  one  of  the  best  commercial  points  in 
the  world. 

"  The  town  is  new,  having  been  laid  off  in  1839, 
by  Captain  John  Vioget,  and,  notwithstanding  all 
the  troubles  in  the  country,  has  gradually  in- 
creased in  size  and  importance.  It  now  contains 
a  population  of  about  five  hundred  permanent 
citizens.  Two  years  ago  there  were  but  about  two 
hundred. 

"  Three  miles  south  is  the  mission  Dolores,  on 
Mission  Creek,  surrounded  by  a  small  valley  of 
rich  and  beautiful  land.  The  water  from  this 
creek  can  easily  be  brought  by  means  of  aqueducts 
to  an}^  point  to  supply  vessels.  For  the  supply 
of  the  citizens,  the  best  of  well-water  is  obtained 
in  every  part  of  the  town,  by  boring  the  distance 
of  forty  feet. 

"  In  going  south  from  Yerba  Buena,  the  trav- 
eller passes  over  this  narrow  neck  of  land — a  most 
delightful  region,  interspersed  with  hills,  valleys, 
and  mountains — the  valleys  rich  and  beautiful — 
the  hills  covered  with  tall  pines,  red-wood,  and 
cedar,  that  have  withstood  the  tempests  and  whirl- 
winds of  a  century- — and  the  mountains  rising  in 
majestic  grandeur  to  the  clouds.  In  passing  out, 
the  valley  of  San  Jose  opens  to  the  view  in  all  the 


236  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

loveliness  of  the  climate  of  Italy  and  beauty  of  the 
tropics.  This  valley  is  sixty  miles  in  length  and 
ten  in  width.  The  Puebla  (which  means  an  in- 
corporated town)  is  the  principal  place  of  business 
for  the  valley,  and  is  about  five  miles  from  Santa 
Clara,  the  landing  on  the  bay,  or,  as  it  is  termed 
here,  '  the  embarcadero.'  Passing  on  from  here 
northeast,  the  traveller,  in  a  few  hours'  ride, 
reaches  the  straits  which  separate  the  Suisun  Bay, 
formed  by  the  confluence  of  the  Sacramento  and 
San  Joaquin  Rivers,  from  that  of  San  Pablo. 
Here  it  seems  that  the  accumulated  waters  of  a 
thousand  years  had  suddenly  rent  the  opposing 
mountain  asunder,  and  flowed  with  tremendous 
force  to  the  great  bosom  of  the  deep. 

"  Oa  the  north  side  of  the  bay,  from  the  Straits 
to  Sausilita,  is  one  of  the  finest  districts  of  the 
country  in  Upper  California. 

"  Next  to  Yerba  Buena,  Sausilita  is  the  best 
point  on  the  whole  bay  for  a  commercial  town.  It 
is  seven  miles,  a  little  east  of  north,  from  this 
place,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  bay,  and  has 
long  been  a  watering  point  for  vessels. 

"  An  attempt  has  recently  been  made  to  lay  off, 
and  build  up,  a  town  at  the  Straits,  to  supersede 
the  two  last-mentioned  places.  It  will,  no  doubt, 
however,  be  an  entire  failure. 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  237 

"  San  Francisco  Bay  being  the  safest  and  most 
commodious  harbor  on  the  entire  coast  of  the 
Pacific,  some  point  on  it  must  be  the  great  mart 
of  the  Western  World.  We  believe  Yerba  Buena 
to  be  the  point,  commanding,  as  it  now  does,  all 
the  trade  of  the  surrounding  country,  and  there 
being  already  a  large  amount  of  capital  concen- 
trated there. 

"  The  town  of  Yerba  Buena  is  called  in  some 
of  the    old   maps   of  the    country,    San    Fran- 


Just  one  degree  from  San  Francisco  towards 
the  equator  is  the  Bay  of  Monterey,  into  which 
the  Buena  Ventura  debouches.  On  the  south  side 
of  this  is  the  town  of  Monterey.  At  an  early 
date  after  the  occupation  it  became  a  prosperous 
town.  It  was  once  a  formidable  position  ;  but  at 
ili8  time  of  the  American  occupation,  its  defences 
were  feeble  and  crumbling.  About  one  hundred 
and  twenty  miles  south  is  the  town  of  Los  Angeles^ 
near  whicu  occurred  the  battles  between  General 
Kearney  and  the  Californians  at  San  Pascual  and 
San  Miguel.  The  whole  country  of  California  is 
strewn  witli  missions  established  by  the  Jesuits, 
who,  previous  to  1823,  ruled  the  country.  Now, 
though  decayed  and  ruinous,  they  are  most  inter- 


238  GEOGRAPHY, ETC. 

eating,  and  are  yet  the  important  points  of  the 
country. 

On  the  Sacramento,  previous  to  annexation, 
there  was  a  sparse  population  ;  and  except  a  few 
American  emigrants,  a  Russian  establishment  at 
Koss,  and  Captain  Suter's  vast  plantations,  were  a 
perfect  desert.  West  of  the  vast  sandy  plain  we 
have  spoken  of,  runs  the  Rio  Colorado,  or  Red 
River  of  the  West,  a  tributary  of  which  is  the 
Gila,  along  which  G-eneral  Kearney,  with  his  for- 
lorn hope,  marched,  and  which  is  the  boundary 
between  the  Mexican  Republic  and  the  empire  she 
ceded. 

Such  is  the  physical  geography  of  California 
NuEVA,  or  New  or  Northern  California.  The 
southern  portion  of  the  country  is  extremely  hot 
and  dry,  except  during  a  portion  of  the  winter. 
As  we  move  from  the  sea  though,  we  find  the 
rainy  season  prolonged,  so  that  at  San  Francisco 
it  lasts  from  November  to  April,  the  rest  of  the 
year  the  earth  being  irrigated  by  the  most  copious 
dews.  Occasionally  there  are  found  snow  and  ice  on 
the  shores  of  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco  ;  we  mean 
on  the  summit  of  the  mountains  ;  yet,  though,  it 
rarely  passes  that  line.  The  rains  are  never  vio- 
lent, and  sometimes  years  have  passed  without 
them  ;  yet  the  country   has   continued  fertile   and 


GEOGRAPHY,   ETC.  239 

productive,  bringing  forth  rare  and  beautiful 
plants,  on  which  the  herds,  once  the  sole  wealth 
of  California,  have  thriven.  The  country  around 
San  F'rancisco  and  Mount  Bernadino  alone  seem 
capable  of  sustaining  a  large  agricultural  popu- 
lation. This  is,  though,  of  little  importance,  as  its 
position  alone  will  make  it  mistress  of  the  Pacific. 

About  the  year  -1842,  a  most  accurate  and 
C2irious  Frenchman,  M.  de  Mofras,  travelled  on 
the  Pacific,  and  published,  in  relation  to  California, 
etc.,  a  book  the  French  government  thought  wor- 
thy of  its  patronage.  He  described  California  as 
it  was,  and  thus  particularized  its  population.  Its 
area,  he  thought,  was  500,000,  and  its  population 
he  estimated  (there  had  never  been  a  census)  as 
follows : 


Californians  of  Spanish  origin,     . 

. 

4000 

Americans,           .... 

. 

360 

British, 

, 

300 

European  Spaniards,   . 

. 

SO 

French  and  Canadians, 

. 

80 

Other  Europeans  and  Sandwich  Islanders, 

90 

Mexicans, 

• 

90 

Total, 

. 

.  5000 

Thence  to  the  time  of  annexation  the  population 


240  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

vastly  increased,  so  that  when  the  flags  were 
changed  there  were  not  less  than  twenty  thousand 
in  California.  Now  the  population  is  far  nearer  a 
million  than  five  hundred  thousand. 

The  population  was  in  small  villages,  the  largest 
town  being  San  Diego,  which  had  thirteen  hundred 
inhabitants.  Santa  Barbara  had  eight  hundred, 
Monterey  one  thousand,  San  Francisco  eight  hun- 
dred, and  the  rest  of  the  missions  divided  the 
other  hundreds  and  thousands.  All  other  inhabi- 
tants (Indians)  were  estimated  at  thirty-three 
thousand  ;  and  this  included  the  people  of  the 
peninsula  of  Vieja  or  South  California.  The  In- 
dians were  spoken  of  as  civilized.  This  phrase 
though,  merely  means  that  on  their  own  savage 
superstitions  they  had  engrafted  the  most  degrad- 
ing of  those  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  ;  they 
were  two  centuries  behind  many  Indian  tribes  on 
our  frontier  we  yet  consider  savages.  They  were 
tall,  well  made,  and  muscular,  but  far  darker  than 
any  other  tribes  of  the  continent.  They  were 
once  said  to  be  industrious,  and  under  the  Jesuit 
rule  acquired  not  a  small  skill  in  the  mechanic 
arts,  having  constructed  for  the  missionaries  the 
vast  houses  which  yet  amaze  the  traveller.  They 
have,  however,  much  degenerated,  and  are  now  the 
idlest  of  the  idle,  and  seem  almost  incapable  of 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  241 

physical  or  mental  exertion,  unless  the  object  be 
thievery,  murder,  or  robbery.  Capt.  Suter,  how- 
ever, did  much  with  them ;  and  there  is  little 
doubt  but  that  tact,  kindness,  and  prudence,  would 
yet  turn  their  thews  to  use.  The  person  to  whom 
we  have  just  referred,  is  a  remarkable  man.  Capt. 
Suter  is  a  Swiss,  and  was  an  officer  of  the  gardes  du 
corps  of  Charles  X.  After  the  destruction  of  the 
restoration,  he  emigrated  to  America,  and  having 
lived  some  time  in  Missouri,  (he  remained  there 
until  1838  or  1839,)  the  Mexican  government 
granted  him  a  tract  of  land  in  California,  on  which 
he  immediately  located  himself.  At  first  he  had 
some  difficulty  with  the  Indians,  but  finally  suc- 
ceeded in  reducing  them  under  control.  Colonel 
Fremont  reported  his  defences  as  being  well  built, 
and  in  good  condition,  and  as  having  all  been  con- 
structed by  Indian  labor.  He  purchased  the  stock 
of  a  fort  the  Russians  were  about  to  abandon,  at  a 
low  rate,  and  paid  for  them  in  grain.  His  fort 
mounted  twelve  guns,  would  contain  one  thousand 
men,  but  had  a  permanent  garrison  of  forty  uni- 
formed Indians.  It  is  quadrangular,  of  unburn ed 
brick  or  adobe.  He  had  Americans,  French,  and 
Germans  in  his  service,  and  around  him  settled 
many  Americans,  so  that  the  stream  on  which  he 
lives  came  to  be  called  El  Rio  de  las  ATnericaTws — 


242  GEOGRAPHY,   ETC. 

tlie  River  of  the  Americans.  It  is  strange  how 
completely  all  other  nations  of  this  continent  have 
yielded  this  title  to  our  countrymen.  His  wealth, 
previous  to  the  discovery  of  gold,  consisted  of  his 
herds,  and  flocks,  and  fields  of  grain  measured  by 
miles.  By  an  accident,  however  (the  digging  of  a 
mill-race),  he  became  connected  with  the  most 
valuable  mineral  deposit  in  the  world. 

We  need  not  speak  of  the  gold  deposits  of  Upper 
California,  for  newspapers  and  private  letters  home 
made  all  familiar  with  them,  but  will  turn  to  the 
southern  peninsula — Vieja,  or  Lower  California. 
This  is  a  narrow  neck  of  land,  between  the  waters 
known  as  the  Grulf  of  California,  or  Vermillion 
Sea,  and  the  Pacific,  and  reaches  north  and  south 
from  the  mouth  oi  the  Colorado  to  Cape  Saint 
Lucas,  from  the  22°  to  the  28°  N.  L.  It  is  di- 
vided into  two  nearly  equal  portions,  by  the  rem- 
nants of  some  old  volcanic  action,  made  evident  at 
this  day  by  bituminous  springs  and  vast  masses  of 
scoria  and  lava.  Of  this  range,  the  mountains  of 
California  are  only  continuations,  gradually  de- 
creasing until  they  reach  42°,  and  then  again 
swelling  until  they  reach  the  great  Oregon  range. 
Yieja,  or  Lower  California,  has  probably,  at  the 
first  glance,  less  to  tempt  emigrants  than  any 
country  in  the  world.     It  has,  however,  a  peculiar 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  243 

source  of  industry — the  pearl  fishery.  God,  who 
has  made  this  land  one  of  the  most  sterile  in  the 
world,  has  made  the  sea  most  productive.  Every 
variety  of  fi^h  are  found  on  its  shores,  among 
which  are  the  halibut,  salmon,  turbot,  skate,  pil- 
chard, oyster,  crab,  sardine,  tunny,  mackerel,  bar- 
bel, bonito,  anchovy,  and  countless  others,  which, 
as  yet,  have  no  name  in  commerce.  The  oyster  is 
pearl-bearing,  and  this  alone  would  make  Califor- 
nia a  precious  acquisition  to  any  nation.  This 
oyster  is  of  the  testaceous  family,  genus,  Mya,  and 
species,  Margaritifcra.  Tho  pearl  is  said  to  be 
the  consequence  of  a  disease  ;  but  be  that  as  it 
may,  it  once  enriched  Ormus,  and  will  eniich  Cali- 
fornia. The  following  is  the  process  of  obtaining 
the  pearl ;  and  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  any  one 
who  had  energy  to  employ  the  diving  apparatus  of 
Captain  Taylor,  would  realize  an  immense  for- 
tune. 

"  These  pearls  of  Lower  California,  are  con- 
sidered of  excellent  water,  but  their  rather  irre- 
gular figure  somewhat  reduces  their  value.  The 
manner  of  obtaining  these  pearls  is  not  without 
interest.  The  vessels  employed  in  the  fisheries 
are  from  fifteen  to  thirty  tons  burden.  They  are 
usually    fitted    out    by   private    individuals.     The 


244  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

armador,  or  owner,  commands  them.  Crews  are 
shipped  to  work  them,  and  from  forty  to  fifty 
Indians,  called  Busos,  to  dive  for  the  oyster.  A 
stock  of  provisions  and  spirits — a  small  sum  of 
money  to  advance  the  people  during  the  cruise — a 
limited  supply  of  calaboose  furniture — a  sufficient 
number  of  hammocks  to  sleep  in,  and  a  quantity 
of  ballast,  constitute  nearly  all  the  cargo  outward 
bound.  Thus  arranged,  they  sail  into  the  Gulf ; 
and,  having  arrived  at  the  oyster-banks,  cast 
anchor  and  commence  business.  The  divers  are 
first  called  to  duty.  They  plunge  to  the  bottom 
in  four  or  five  fathoms  water,  dig  up  with  sharp- 
ened sticks  as  many  oysters  as  they  are  able,  rise 
to  the  surface,  and  deposit  them  in  sacks  hung  to 
receive  them  at  the  vessel's  side  ;  and  thus  they 
continue  to  do  until  the  sacks  are  filled,  or  the 
hours  allotted  to  this  part  of  the  labor  ended. 
When  the  diving  of  the  day  is  done,  all  come  on 
board,  and  place  themselves  in  a  circle  around  the 
armador,  who  divides  what  they  have  obtained  in 
the  following  manner  :  two  oysters  for  himself,  the 
same  number  for  the  busos,  or  divers,  and  one  for 
the  government. 

"  This  division  having  been  concluded,  they 
next  proceed,  without  moving  from  their  places,  to 
open  the   oysters  which  have  fallen  to  the  lot  of 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  245 

the  armador.  During  this  operation,  the  dignitary 
has  to  watch  the  busos  with  the  greatest  scrutiny, 
to  prevent  them  from  swallowing  the  pearls  with 
the  Oysters — a  trick  which  they  perform  with  so 
much  dexterity  as  almost  to  defy  detection,  and  by 
means  of  which  they  often  manage  to  secrete  the 
most  valuable  pearls.  The  government  portion  is 
next  opened  with  the  same  precautions,  and  taken 
into  possession  by  the  armador.  And,  last  of  all, 
the  busos  open  theirs,  and  sell  them  to  the  arma- 
dor in  liquidation  of  debts  incurred  for  their  out- 
fits, or  of  moneys  advanced  during  the  voyage. 
They  usually  reserve  a  few  to  sell  to  dealers  on 
shore,  who  always  accompany  these  expeditions 
with  spirituous  liquors,  chocolate,  sugar,  cigars, 
and  other  articles  of  which  these  Indian  divers  are 
especially  fond.  Since  the  Mexicans  obtained 
their  independence,  another  mode  of  division  has 
been  adopted.  Every  time  the  busos  comes  up, 
the  largest  oyster  which  he  has  obtained  is  taken 
by  the  armador  and  laid  aside  for  the  use  of  the 
Virgin  Mary  ;  the  rest  are  thrown  in  a  pile  ;  and 
when  tho  day's  diving  is  ended,  eight  oysters  are 
laid  out  for  the  armadors,  eight  for  the  busos,  and 
two  for  the  government. 

"  In   the  year   1831,  one  vessel,   with    seventy 
buj'os,  another  with  fifty,  and  two  with  thirty  each. 


2i6  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

and  two  boats  with  ten  each,  from  the  coast  of 
Sonora,  engaged  in  this  fishery.  The  one  brought 
in  forty  ounces  of  pearls,  valued  at  $6,500  ;  ano- 
ther twenty  ounces,  valued  at  §3,000,  and  two 
others  of  proportionate  quality." 

But  southwest  of  California  is  Sonora,  of  which 
we  know  nothing  except  its  boundaries.  It  lies 
west  of  the  Great  Desert,  north  of  Sinalaa,  south 
of  New  Mexico,  and  west  of  Chihuahua  ;  it  has  a 
sparse  population,  and  from  time  to  time  is  rav- 
aged by  the  iipaches  and  other  wild  tribes.  Unless 
th^e  United  States  take  charge  of  it,  in  a  few  years 
it  will  become  the  home  of  savages,  and  a  curse  to 
our  possessions  on  the  Pacific.  It  has  few  towns, 
and  no  government  beyond  the  chain  of  sentinels 
of  the  forlorn  brigadier,  sent  to  keep  the  Indians 
in  check.  New  Mexico  is  now  the  property  of  the 
United  States,  and  before  the  year  rolls  around 
will  be  well  governed. 

Such  was  California,  and  such  were  its  adjacent 
territories  before  the  annexation.  Let  us,  before 
we  pay  attention  to  the  statu  quo^  look  at  its  his- 
tory. 

The  discoverer  of  California  was  a  Spaniard, 
and  strangely  enough  it  was  first  visited  by  land 
fiOtn  the  east.     Alvaro  Nunez,  nicknamed  Cabeza 


GEOGRAPHY,   ETC.  24*7 

de  Vaca^  was  one  of  three  hundred  Spaniards  who 
escaped  from  the  massacre  of  Narvaez'  party,  wan- 
dered across  the  American  continent  until  he 
reached  the  coast  of  Cubiacanan  Sonora  on  the 
Yermillion  Sea.  While  there,  he  heard  of  rich 
mines,  mountains  of  gold,  beds  of  pearl  ;  and  on 
his  return  told  such  stories  that  all  Mexico  was 
excited  by  them.  Just  then,  Marcos  de  Niza,  who 
had  been  sent  (he  was  a  priest)  to  convert  the  In- 
dians, and  who  had  reached  California,  came  home. 
He  told  strange  stories  of  a  civilizad  race  ;  and  it 
is  probable  that  he  told  the  truth,  for  Major 
Emory  has  described  curious  architectural  ruins  in 
the  country  he  visited.  He  saw  Cibola,  the  city 
of  the  desert,  now  no  more,  but  evidently  the  home 
of  a  civilized  people. 

Niza's  tales  induced  the  fitting  out  of  an  expe- 
dition, under  the  command  of  Coronado,  who 
went  as  far  as  Utah,  or  the  Salt  Lake,  but  who 
returned  without  making  any  discovery.  A  new 
era  was,  however,  to  dawn  on  California.  Between 
the  years  1697  and  1791,  the  Jesuits,  Ugarte, 
Salvatierra,  and  Kuhn,  visited  the  Californian,  or 
Vermillion  Sea.  Then  only  was  it  known  that 
California  was  not  an  island,  and  the  monks  were 
California's  true  conquerors.  We  need  not  say 
how  they  conquered  it ;  but  they  ruled  it  until 


248  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

1767,  when  the  Order  of  Jesus,  having  been  sup- 
pressed in  all  the  Spanish  dominions,  the  Domini- 
cans became  their  heirs.  Thenceforth  the  pro- 
perty the  Jesuits  had  begun  to  create,  commenced 
to  decay. 

The  Dominicans  finally  lost  the  control  of  Cali- 
fornia as  the  Jesuits  had  done  ;  and  in  1825,  after 
several  military  commandants  and  governors,  Don 
Jone  Echandia  was  in  possession  of  the  supreme 
authority  in  California.  Thus  things  remained 
until  1829,  when  the  garrison  of  Monterey  re- 
volted. Echandia,  however,  suppressed  the  mu- 
tiny, and  retained  power  until  1831,  when  he  was 
superseded  by  Don  Manuel  Victoria.  The  ty- 
ranny of  this  officer  produced  a  revolt,  which  is 
important  only  from  the  fact,  that  then,  for  the 
first  time,  foreigners  appeared  in  California. 

Various  governors  and  governments  succeeded, 
which  are  no  more  important  than  the  battles  of 
the  hawks  and  crows,  and  thus  things  continued 
until  the  war  between  the  United  States  and 
Mexico  became  imminent. 

We  have  already  spoken  of  Captain  Suter. 

The  only  other  point  in  the  history  of  ^'lonterey 
to  which  we  need  refer,  is  the  seizure  of  Monterey 
by  Thomas  Ap  Catesby  Jones,  a  commodore  of 
the  navy,  in  1842.     While   on  the  coast  of  Peru, 


GEOGRAPKV,  ETC.  249 

that  gallant  officer,  a  naval  veteran  of  the  war  of 
1812,  heard  that  the  British  government  had 
negociated  a  treaty  with  Santa  Atlur,  for  the  sur- 
render of  California,  on  the  strength  of  which 
information  he  immediately  seized  Monterey.  The 
intelligence  on  which  he  acted  proved  false,  and 
the  city  was  again  returned  to  the  Mexican  author- 
ities. 

But  war  began  between  the  United  States  of 
the  North  and  Mexico,  Mr.y  13th,  1846  ;  and 
Commodore  Sloat,  who  commanded  in  the  Pacific, 
commenced  operations.  It  is  useless  here  to  recite 
the  history  of  the  contest,  which  resulted  in  the 
cession  to  the  United  States  of  all  the  territory 
hitherto  possessed  by  Mexico  north  of  the  Rio 
Grande  and  the  Rio  Gila.  Out  of  that  the  ter- 
ritory of  California  and  the  state,  has  been 
formed. 

The  following  is  the  history  of  the  State  of 
California : 

After  being  under  the  command  of  various 
military  governors,  the  people  of  California  met  in 
convention,  and  formed  a  Constitution.  This  Con- 
stitution was  remitted  to  the  United  States  Con- 
gress, and  California  was  admitted  into  the  Ame- 
rican Union. 


250  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

The  following  were  the  limits  of  the  new  State 
It  reaches  northward  from  the  Gila  to  the  old 
Oregon  line,  which  was  42^  north.  It  is  bounded 
on  the  west  by  the  Pacific,  and  on  the  east  by  the 
Great  Desert.  An  inspection  of  the  map  alone 
will  show  that  this  is  a  region  of  country  with 
capabilities  greater  than  are  contained  by  half  a 
dozen  European  monarchies.  It  unites  the  quali- 
ties of  every  climate  in  the  world,  and  is  able  to 
produce,  within  a  few  leagues,  the  productions  of 
every  part  of  the  world.  The  orange  is  found  on 
the  shore,  and  the  fruits  of  the  colder  climates  on 
the  declivities  of  the  hills.  No  mineral  seems  to 
have  been  forgotten  in  the  composition  of  this  seat 
of  empire.  The  great  mineral  which  is  the  germ 
of  all  wealth  (coal),  abounds  on  the  north  of  the 
Bay  of  San  Francisco.  Cinnabar  is  found  so  pure 
that  heat  alone  suffices  to  extract  the  liquid  quick- 
silver. Vast  deposits  of  lead  and  copper  are 
scarcely  noticed  ;  and  beds  of  silver,  richer  far 
than  those  of  Zacatecas  or  Potosi,  are  scarcely 
attended  to.  Every  mineral  has  been  found  there. 
Platinum,  the  rarer  iridium,  and  every  variety  of 
gems.  Emeralds  of  the  most  transparent  hue, 
topazes  and  amethysts,  all  have  been  found ;  and 
richer  pearls  than  Ormus  ever  produced,  have 
been  brought  from  the  depth  of  the  sea. 


GEOGRAPHY,    ETC.  251 

What  may  we  not  expect  from  this  country  ? 

The  Constitution  which  previously  had  been 
formed  by  a  convention,  was  ratified  by  a  popular 
vote,  Nov.  13,  1849.  The  following  were  its  pro- 
visions : 

Each  white  male  citizen  of  the  United  States, 
twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  every  Mexican,  who, 
in  pursuance  of  the  treaty  of  Queretaro,  shall 
choose  to  Americanise  himself,  who  shall  have 
been  in  California  six  months,  and  in  the  district 
where  he  proposes  to  vote  thirty  days,  shall  be 
entitled  to  the  right  of  suffrage.  Indians,  and 
their  descendants,  under  certain  qualifications, 
may  be  admitted  by  the  legislature  to  the  right 
of  suffrage. 

The  senate,  in  numbers,  shall  not  be  less  than  a 
third,  nor  more  than  a  half  of  the  numbers  of  the 
assembly.  They  are  to  be  elected  for  two  years 
by  districts  composed  of  one  or  more  counties. 
Subsequent  to  the  first  election,  they  are  to  be 
so  classified  that  one  half  are  to  be  elected  annu- 
ally. The  number  of  these  is  never  to  be  less 
than  twenty -four,  nor  more  than  thirty-six,  until 
the  population  shall  have  exceeded  one  hundred 
thousand.  Under  no  circumstances  can  the  num- 
ber exceed  eighty.     All  senators  and  members  of 


252  GEOGRAPHY,    ETC. 

the  legislature  are  to  be  qualified  electors,  and 
must  have  lived  six  months  in  the  districts  they 
represent,  previous  to  their  election.  The  legis- 
lature is  to  meet  on  the  first  Monday  after  January 
of  each  year,  and  the  members  are  to  be  chosen 
on  the  Tuesday  after  the  first  of  November  pre- 
ceding. The  usual  privileges  which  all  legislative 
bodies  possess,  are  conferred  on  the  members  of 
both  houses.  Provisions  were  made  for  taking  the 
census  in  1852  and  1855,  and  every  ten  years 
afterwards. 

The  governor  is  to  be  elected  fur  two  years,  and 
is  to  serve  until  his  successor  is  qualified.  He 
must  be  twenty-five,  and  a  citizen  of  the  United 
States.  He  has  a  conditional  veto,  subject  to  the 
action  of  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  assembly. 
The  lieutenant-governor  is  to  have  similar  quali- 
fications. He  is  to  be  president  of  the  senate, 
and  in  case  of  death  or  impeachment,  shall  be 
chief  magistrate  of  the  commonwealth.  If  the 
lieutenant-governor  die,  the  president  of  the  senate 
will  exercise  all  the  powers  of  tho  chief  magistrate. 
The  governor  will  appoint  a  secretary  of  the 
senate  ;  and  administrative  ofl&cers,  comptroller, 
treasurer,  attorney,  and  surveyor,  were  selected  by 
a  joint  vote  of  both  houses  in  the  first  instance, 
but  henceforth  are   to   be   voted  for  at   the  same 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC.  253 

time,  and  in  the  same  manner,  as  the  governor  and 
lieutenant-governor. 

The  supreme  court  has  appellate  jurisdiction  in 
all  cases  where  the  dispute  is  more  than  $200,  and 
where  the  legality  of  official  acts  is  contested.  It 
consists  of  a  chief  and  two  assistant  justices, 
dected  for  six  years,  and  one  of  these  is  to  go  out 
of  office  every  two  years.  After  the  first  election, 
the  oldest  in  commission  shall  be  chief  justice. 
The  district  courts  are  to  have  concurrent  juris- 
diction in  law  and  equity,  when  the  res  in  lite  ex- 
ceeds $200.  In  the  first  instance,  they  are  to  be 
chosen  by  the  legislature  ;  afterwards  by  the  peo- 
ple. Attorneys,  sheriffs,  etc.,  are  to  be  elected  in 
pursuance  of  laws  to  he  enacted  by  the  legislature. 
A  judge  is  to  be  elected  in  pursuance  of  laws  to 
be  passed  by  the  legislature  for  every  four  years, 
adjunct  with  whom  are  two  justices  of  the  peace. 
These  officers  are  also  judges  of  probate.  Sheriffs, 
coroners,  etc.,  are  to  be  similarly  appointed. 

Provision  is  made  for  a  superintendent  of  public 
instruction,  and  to  this  purpose  (public  instruction) 
are  to  be  appropriated  all  lands  now,  or  in  futuro^ 
granted  ;  all  estates  of  persons  who  die  without 
heirs,  etc. 

Duellists  are  disfranchised,  and  the  State's 
credit  may  not  be  loaned. 


254  GEOGRAPHY,   ETC. 

The  wife's  property  is  not  liable  for  the  hus- 
band's debts. 

The  homestead  may  be  protected  from  seizure 
by  law,  etc. 

The  boundaries  are  to  be  from  the  intersection 
of  42°  N.  L.,  and  120°  L.  W.  from  Greenwich 
southward  on  the  line  of  120°,  until  it  reach  39*^ 
N.  L.  ;  thence  southeast  to  the  Colorado,  where  it 
meets  35*^  N.  L.  ;  down  the  middle  of  the  chan- 
nel of  the  said  river,  to  the  line  established  by  the 
treaty  of  May  30,  1848  ;  thence  west,  along  said 
line,  to  the  Pacific,  and  three  mibs  beyond ;  thence 
up  the  Pacific  coast,  to  42°  N.  L.,  where  the 
boundary  began. 

This  includes  all  adjacent  islands,  etc. 

The  following  was  the  government  in  1851  : 

P.  H.  Burnett,  Governor,  term  expires  Decem- 
ber, 31,  1851. 

C.  P.  Ryland,  Governor's  Secretary,  term  ex- 
pires Dec.  31,  1851. 

J.  McDougal,  Lieut. -Governor,  do.,  do. 

N.  Van  Yoorhies,  Secretary  of  State,  do.,  do. 

J.  S    Houston,  Comptroller,  do.,  do. 

R.  Roman,  Treasurer,  do  ,  do. 

E.  J.  C.  Kewen,  Attorney-General,  do.,  do. 

C.  J.  Whiting,  Surveyor-General,  do.,  do. 


GEOGRAPHY, ETC.  255 

J.  Winchester,  State  Printer,  term  expires  Dec. 
31,  1851. 

J.  S.  A.  SchuU,  Translator,  do.,  do. 

F.  D.  Kohler,  Assayer,  do.,  do, 

0.  P.  Sutton,  Assayer,  do.,  do. 

P.  P.  Lee,  Adjutant-General,  do.,  do. 

J  C.  Moorehead,  Quartermaster-Gleneral,  do,  do. 


SUPREME    COURT. 

S.  C.  Hastings,  Chief  Justice. 
H.  A.  Lyons,  Assistant  Justice. 
N.  Bennett,  do.,         do. 

E.  H.  Tharp,  Clerk. 
H.  Norton,  Reporter. 


DISTRICT   COURT. 

0.  S.  Witherby,  Judge,  San  Diego. 

H.  A.  Tefft,  Judge,  San  Luis  Obispo, 

J.  A.  Watson,  Judge,  San  Jose. 

Levi  Parsons,  San  Francisco. 

C.  M.  Creaner,  Stockton. 

J.  P.  Thomas,  Sacramento  City. 

R.  Hopkins,  Sonora. 

W.  R.  Turner,  Marysville. 

W.  S.  Sherwood,  Mountains. 


256  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC, 

DISTRICT   ATTORNEYS. 

W.  C.  Ferrill,  San  Diego. 
Frederick  H.  Sanford,  San  Jose, 
Calhoun  Benham,  San  Francisco. 
Calhoun  Wallace,  Sacramento  City 
Calhoun  Watkins,  Marjsville. 
J.  W.  McCaskie,  Yatestown  City. 


SUPERIOR  COURT  OF  SACRAMENTO 
CITY. 

P.  A.  Moss,  Chief  Justice. 
H.  C.  Murray,  Assistant  Justice. 
J.  C.  Smith,  do.,         do. 

Edward  Jones,  Clerk. 


MILITIA. 

The  State  of  California  is  divided  into  four 
divisions.  The  Major-G-enerals  are  :  T.  Gr.  Green, 
J.  E.  Braekett,  D.  F.  Douglass,  J.  E.  Addison, 
and  John  H.  Bean. 

The  Brigadiers  are  :  T.  B.  Eastman,  A.  M. 
Winn,  R.    Semple, McDonald,  D.    P.  Bald- 


GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 


257 


win,  T.  H.  Bowen,  J.  M.  Covarrubias,  P.  Per 
Lee,  and  J.  C.  Moorehead,  Q.  M.  G. 

The  relative  rank  of  the  above,  it  is  here  im- 
possible to  ascertain. 

We  cannot  either  speak  of  mail  routes  or  post 
offices,  for  they  are  for  ever  being  changed,  and 
have  now  only  to  give  the  names  of  the  several 
counties  of  California. 

Those  printed  in  small  capitals  are  either 
on  the  sea  or  the  great  bays.  The  others  have 
no  sea-board. 


Trinity, 

Sonora, 

Marin, 

Contra  Costa, 

Santa  Clara, 

San  Luis  Obispo, 

Shasta, 

Butte, 

Suter, 

Sacramento, 

Calaveras, 


Mendocino, 

Napa, 

Solano, 

Branciforte, 

Monterey, 

Santa  Barbara, 

Colusi, 

Yuba, 

El  Dorado, 

San  Joaquin, 

Tuolumne. 


These  counties   are   merely  temporary,  a  pro- 
vision having  been  made  for  their  subdivision  as 
exigencies  may  require. 
9 


258  GEOGRAPHY,  ETC. 

The  above  we  believe  a  fair  exhibit  of  the  pre- 
sent state  of  California,  and,  as  such,  respectfully 
submit  it  to  the  public. 


THE   END. 


J-i  J 


YA  r- /uy 


